#$@%#$%!

Ngiler SH3LL 360
: / lib64 / perl5 / CORE /

Information Server
MySQL : OFF Perl : OFF CURL : ON WGET : OFF PKEXEC : OFF

Directive	Local Value
IP Address	162.0.209.101
System	Linux premium169.web-hosting.com 4.18.0-553.50.1.lve.el8.x86_64 #1 SMP Thu Apr 17 19:10:24 UTC 2025 x86_64
User	luxeelil
PHP Version	8.0.30
Software	LiteSpeed
Doc root	Writable

Edit File : config.h \| Size : 163.48 KB
/* This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which * gets its values from config.sh, which is generally produced by * running Configure. * * Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises. Note, however, * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made. * For a more permanent change edit config.sh and rerun config_h.SH. / / Package name : perl5 * Source directory : . * Configuration time: Thu May 18 17:33:33 EDT 2023 * Configured by : Red Hat, Inc. * Target system : linux aa2c0304b1c54bccacee11bffa62968a 4.18.0-425.3.1.el8.x86_64 #1 smp tue nov 8 14:08:25 est 2022 x86_64 x86_64 x86_64 gnulinux / #ifndef _config_h_ #define _config_h_ / LOC_SED: * This symbol holds the complete pathname to the sed program. / #define LOC_SED "/usr/bin/sed" // / HAS_ALARM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the alarm routine is * available. / #define HAS_ALARM // / HAS_BCMP: * This symbol is defined if the bcmp() routine is available to * compare blocks of memory. / #define HAS_BCMP // / HAS_BCOPY: * This symbol is defined if the bcopy() routine is available to * copy blocks of memory. / #define HAS_BCOPY // / HAS_BZERO: * This symbol is defined if the bzero() routine is available to * set a memory block to 0. / #define HAS_BZERO // / HAS_CBRT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the cbrt() (cube root) * function is available. / #define HAS_CBRT // / HAS_CHOWN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chown routine is * available. / #define HAS_CHOWN // / HAS_CHROOT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chroot routine is * available. / #define HAS_CHROOT // / HAS_CHSIZE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chsize routine is available * to truncate files. You might need a -lx to get this routine. / /#define HAS_CHSIZE / */ / HAS_CRYPT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available * to encrypt passwords and the like. / #define HAS_CRYPT // / HAS_CTERMID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is * available to generate filename for terminal. / #define HAS_CTERMID // / HAS_CUSERID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the cuserid routine is * available to get character login names. / #define HAS_CUSERID // / HAS_DBL_DIG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h> * or <limits.h> defines the symbol DBL_DIG, which is the number * of significant digits in a double precision number. If this * symbol is not defined, a guess of 15 is usually pretty good. / #define HAS_DBL_DIG // / HAS_DIFFTIME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the difftime routine is * available. / #define HAS_DIFFTIME // / HAS_DLERROR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dlerror routine is * available to return a string describing the last error that * occurred from a call to dlopen(), dlclose() or dlsym(). / #define HAS_DLERROR // / HAS_DUP2: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dup2 routine is * available to duplicate file descriptors. / #define HAS_DUP2 // / HAS_FCHMOD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchmod routine is available * to change mode of opened files. If unavailable, use chmod(). / #define HAS_FCHMOD // / HAS_FCHOWN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchown routine is available * to change ownership of opened files. If unavailable, use chown(). / #define HAS_FCHOWN // / HAS_FCNTL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that * the fcntl() function exists. / #define HAS_FCNTL // / HAS_FGETPOS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fgetpos routine is * available to get the file position indicator, similar to ftell(). / #define HAS_FGETPOS // / HAS_FLOCK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the flock routine is * available to do file locking. / #define HAS_FLOCK // / HAS_FORK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fork routine is * available. / #define HAS_FORK // / HAS_FSETPOS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsetpos routine is * available to set the file position indicator, similar to fseek(). / #define HAS_FSETPOS // / HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gettimeofday() system * call is available for a sub-second accuracy clock. Usually, the file * <sys/resource.h> needs to be included (see I_SYS_RESOURCE). * The type "Timeval" should be used to refer to "struct timeval". / #define HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY // #ifdef HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY #define Timeval struct timeval / Structure used by gettimeofday() / #endif / HAS_GETGROUPS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgroups() routine is * available to get the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple * groups are probably not supported. / #define HAS_GETGROUPS // / HAS_GETLOGIN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin routine is * available to get the login name. / #define HAS_GETLOGIN // / HAS_GETPGID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that * the getpgid(pid) function is available to get the * process group id. / #define HAS_GETPGID // / HAS_GETPGRP2: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) * routine is available to get the current process group. / /#define HAS_GETPGRP2 / */ / HAS_GETPPID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getppid routine is * available to get the parent process ID. / #define HAS_GETPPID // / HAS_GETPRIORITY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpriority routine is * available to get a process's priority. / #define HAS_GETPRIORITY // / HAS_INET_ATON: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the * inet_aton() function is available to parse IP address "dotted-quad" * strings. / #define HAS_INET_ATON // / HAS_KILLPG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the killpg routine is available * to kill process groups. If unavailable, you probably should use kill * with a negative process number. / #define HAS_KILLPG // / HAS_LINK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the link routine is * available to create hard links. / #define HAS_LINK // / HAS_LOCALECONV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localeconv routine is * available for numeric and monetary formatting conventions. / #define HAS_LOCALECONV // / HAS_LOCKF: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lockf routine is * available to do file locking. / #define HAS_LOCKF // / HAS_LSTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lstat routine is * available to do file stats on symbolic links. / #define HAS_LSTAT // / HAS_MBLEN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mblen routine is available * to find the number of bytes in a multibye character. / #define HAS_MBLEN // / HAS_MBSTOWCS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mbstowcs routine is * available to convert a multibyte string into a wide character string. / #define HAS_MBSTOWCS // / HAS_MBTOWC: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mbtowc routine is available * to convert a multibyte to a wide character. / #define HAS_MBTOWC // / HAS_MEMCMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available * to compare blocks of memory. / #define HAS_MEMCMP // / HAS_MEMCPY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available * to copy blocks of memory. / #define HAS_MEMCPY // / HAS_MEMMOVE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memmove routine is available * to copy potentially overlapping blocks of memory. This should be used * only when HAS_SAFE_BCOPY is not defined. If neither is there, roll your * own version. / #define HAS_MEMMOVE // / HAS_MEMSET: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memset routine is available * to set blocks of memory. / #define HAS_MEMSET // / HAS_MKDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdir routine is available * to create directories. Otherwise you should fork off a new process to * exec /bin/mkdir. / #define HAS_MKDIR // / HAS_MKFIFO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkfifo routine is * available to create FIFOs. Otherwise, mknod should be able to * do it for you. However, if mkfifo is there, mknod might require * super-user privileges which mkfifo will not. / #define HAS_MKFIFO // / HAS_MKTIME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mktime routine is * available. / #define HAS_MKTIME // / HAS_MSYNC: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the msync system call is * available to synchronize a mapped file. / #define HAS_MSYNC // / HAS_MUNMAP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the munmap system call is * available to unmap a region, usually mapped by mmap(). / #define HAS_MUNMAP // / HAS_NICE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nice routine is * available. / #define HAS_NICE // / HAS_PATHCONF: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that pathconf() is available * to determine file-system related limits and options associated * with a given filename. / / HAS_FPATHCONF: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that pathconf() is available * to determine file-system related limits and options associated * with a given open file descriptor. / #define HAS_PATHCONF // #define HAS_FPATHCONF // / HAS_PAUSE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pause routine is * available to suspend a process until a signal is received. / #define HAS_PAUSE // / HAS_PIPE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pipe routine is * available to create an inter-process channel. / #define HAS_PIPE // / HAS_POLL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the poll routine is * available to poll active file descriptors. Please check I_POLL and * I_SYS_POLL to know which header should be included as well. / #define HAS_POLL // / HAS_READDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir routine is * available to read directory entries. You may have to include * <dirent.h>. See I_DIRENT. / #define HAS_READDIR // / HAS_SEEKDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the seekdir routine is * available. You may have to include <dirent.h>. See I_DIRENT. / #define HAS_SEEKDIR // / HAS_TELLDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the telldir routine is * available. You may have to include <dirent.h>. See I_DIRENT. / #define HAS_TELLDIR // / HAS_REWINDDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rewinddir routine is * available. You may have to include <dirent.h>. See I_DIRENT. / #define HAS_REWINDDIR // / HAS_READLINK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readlink routine is * available to read the value of a symbolic link. / #define HAS_READLINK // / HAS_REGCOMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the regcomp() routine is * available to do some regular patern matching (usually on POSIX.2 * conforming systems). / #define HAS_REGCOMP / POSIX.2 / / HAS_RENAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rename routine is available * to rename files. Otherwise you should do the unlink(), link(), unlink() * trick. / #define HAS_RENAME // / HAS_RMDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rmdir routine is * available to remove directories. Otherwise you should fork off a * new process to exec /bin/rmdir. / #define HAS_RMDIR // / HAS_SELECT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the select routine is * available to select active file descriptors. If the timeout field * is used, <sys/time.h> may need to be included. / #define HAS_SELECT // / HAS_SETEGID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setegid routine is available * to change the effective gid of the current program. / #define HAS_SETEGID // / HAS_SETEUID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the seteuid routine is available * to change the effective uid of the current program. / #define HAS_SETEUID // / HAS_SETGROUPS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple * groups are probably not supported. / #define HAS_SETGROUPS // / HAS_SETLINEBUF: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlinebuf routine is * available to change stderr or stdout from block-buffered or unbuffered * to a line-buffered mode. / #define HAS_SETLINEBUF // / HAS_SETLOCALE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale routine is * available to handle locale-specific ctype implementations. / #define HAS_SETLOCALE // / HAS_SETPGID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgid(pid, gpid) * routine is available to set process group ID. / #define HAS_SETPGID // / HAS_SETPGRP2: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) * routine is available to set the current process group. / /#define HAS_SETPGRP2 / */ / HAS_SETPRIORITY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpriority routine is * available to set a process's priority. / #define HAS_SETPRIORITY // / HAS_SETREGID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setregid routine is * available to change the real and effective gid of the current * process. / / HAS_SETRESGID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setresgid routine is * available to change the real, effective and saved gid of the current * process. / #define HAS_SETREGID // #define HAS_SETRESGID // / HAS_SETREUID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setreuid routine is * available to change the real and effective uid of the current * process. / / HAS_SETRESUID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setresuid routine is * available to change the real, effective and saved uid of the current * process. / #define HAS_SETREUID // #define HAS_SETRESUID // / HAS_SETRGID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setrgid routine is available * to change the real gid of the current program. / /#define HAS_SETRGID / */ / HAS_SETRUID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setruid routine is available * to change the real uid of the current program. / /#define HAS_SETRUID / */ / HAS_SETSID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setsid routine is * available to set the process group ID. / #define HAS_SETSID // / HAS_STAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the stat routine is * available to get file status. / #define HAS_STAT // / HAS_STRCHR: * This symbol is defined to indicate that the strchr()/strrchr() * functions are available for string searching. If not, try the * index()/rindex() pair. / / HAS_INDEX: * This symbol is defined to indicate that the index()/rindex() * functions are available for string searching. / #define HAS_STRCHR // /#define HAS_INDEX / */ / HAS_STRCOLL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strcoll routine is * available to compare strings using collating information. / #define HAS_STRCOLL // / HAS_STRTOD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtod routine is * available to provide better numeric string conversion than atof(). / #define HAS_STRTOD // / HAS_STRTOL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtol routine is available * to provide better numeric string conversion than atoi() and friends. / #define HAS_STRTOL // / HAS_STRXFRM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strxfrm() routine is * available to transform strings. / #define HAS_STRXFRM // / HAS_SYMLINK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the symlink routine is available * to create symbolic links. / #define HAS_SYMLINK // / HAS_SYSCALL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the syscall routine is * available to call arbitrary system calls. If undefined, that's tough. / #define HAS_SYSCALL // / HAS_SYSCONF: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sysconf() is available * to determine system related limits and options. / #define HAS_SYSCONF // / HAS_SYSTEM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system routine is * available to issue a shell command. / #define HAS_SYSTEM // / HAS_TCGETPGRP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tcgetpgrp routine is * available to get foreground process group ID. / #define HAS_TCGETPGRP // / HAS_TCSETPGRP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tcsetpgrp routine is * available to set foreground process group ID. / #define HAS_TCSETPGRP // / HAS_TRUNCATE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the truncate routine is * available to truncate files. / #define HAS_TRUNCATE // / HAS_TZNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tzname[] array is * available to access timezone names. / #define HAS_TZNAME // / HAS_UMASK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the umask routine is * available to set and get the value of the file creation mask. / #define HAS_UMASK // / HAS_USLEEP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the usleep routine is * available to let the process sleep on a sub-second accuracy. / #define HAS_USLEEP // / HAS_WAIT4: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that wait4() exists. / #define HAS_WAIT4 // / HAS_WAITPID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the waitpid routine is * available to wait for child process. / #define HAS_WAITPID // / HAS_WCSTOMBS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wcstombs routine is * available to convert wide character strings to multibyte strings. / #define HAS_WCSTOMBS // / HAS_WCTOMB: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wctomb routine is available * to convert a wide character to a multibyte. / #define HAS_WCTOMB // / Groups_t: * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have * getgroups() or setgroups().. / #if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) \|\| defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) #define Groups_t gid_t / Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() / #endif / I_ARPA_INET: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <arpa/inet.h> to get inet_addr and friends declarations. / #define I_ARPA_INET // / I_DBM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <dbm.h> exists and should * be included. / / I_RPCSVC_DBM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <rpcsvc/dbm.h> exists and * should be included. / #define I_DBM // /#define I_RPCSVC_DBM / */ / I_DLFCN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <dlfcn.h> exists and should * be included. / #define I_DLFCN // / I_FCNTL: * This manifest constant tells the C program to include <fcntl.h>. / /#define I_FCNTL / */ / I_FLOAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <float.h> to get definition of symbols like DBL_MAX or * DBL_MIN, i.e. machine dependent floating point values. / #define I_FLOAT // / I_GDBM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm.h> exists and should * be included. / #define I_GDBM // / I_LIMITS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <limits.h> to get definition of symbols like WORD_BIT or * LONG_MAX, i.e. machine dependant limitations. / #define I_LIMITS // / I_LOCALE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <locale.h>. / #define I_LOCALE // / I_MATH: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <math.h>. / #define I_MATH // / I_MEMORY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <memory.h>. / /#define I_MEMORY / */ / I_NETINET_IN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <netinet/in.h>. Otherwise, you may try <sys/in.h>. / #define I_NETINET_IN // / I_STDDEF: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stddef.h> exists and should * be included. / #define I_STDDEF // / I_STDLIB: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdlib.h> exists and should * be included. / #define I_STDLIB // / I_STRING: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <string.h> (USG systems) instead of <strings.h> (BSD systems). / #define I_STRING // / I_SYS_DIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <sys/dir.h>. / #define I_SYS_DIR // / I_SYS_FILE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <sys/file.h> to get definition of R_OK and friends. / #define I_SYS_FILE // / I_SYS_IOCTL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/ioctl.h> exists and should * be included. Otherwise, include <sgtty.h> or <termio.h>. / / I_SYS_SOCKIO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates the <sys/sockio.h> should be included * to get socket ioctl options, like SIOCATMARK. / #define I_SYS_IOCTL // /#define I_SYS_SOCKIO / */ / I_SYS_NDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <sys/ndir.h>. / /#define I_SYS_NDIR / */ / I_SYS_PARAM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <sys/param.h>. / #define I_SYS_PARAM // / I_SYS_POLL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program may include * <sys/poll.h>. When I_POLL is also defined, it's probably safest * to only include <poll.h>. / #define I_SYS_POLL // / I_SYS_RESOURCE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <sys/resource.h>. / #define I_SYS_RESOURCE // / I_SYS_SELECT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <sys/select.h> in order to get definition of struct timeval. / #define I_SYS_SELECT // / I_SYS_STAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <sys/stat.h>. / #define I_SYS_STAT // / I_SYS_TIMES: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <sys/times.h>. / #define I_SYS_TIMES // / I_SYS_TYPES: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <sys/types.h>. / #define I_SYS_TYPES // / I_SYS_UN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <sys/un.h> to get UNIX domain socket definitions. / #define I_SYS_UN // / I_SYS_WAIT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <sys/wait.h>. / #define I_SYS_WAIT // / I_UNISTD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <unistd.h>. / #define I_UNISTD // / I_UTIME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <utime.h>. / #define I_UTIME // / I_VALUES: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <values.h> to get definition of symbols like MINFLOAT or * MAXLONG, i.e. machine dependant limitations. Probably, you * should use <limits.h> instead, if it is available. / #define I_VALUES // / I_VFORK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include vfork.h. / /#define I_VFORK / */ / STDCHAR: * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". / #define STDCHAR char // / CAN_VAPROTO: * This variable is defined on systems supporting prototype declaration * of functions with a variable number of arguments. / / _V: * This macro is used to declare function parameters in prototypes for * functions with a variable number of parameters. Use double parentheses. * For example: * * int printf _V((char fmt, ...)); * Remember to use the plain simple _() macro when declaring a function * with no variable number of arguments, since it might be possible to * have a non-effect _V() macro and still get prototypes via _(). / #define CAN_VAPROTO // #ifdef CAN_VAPROTO #define _V(args) args #else #define _V(args) () #endif / INTSIZE: * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. / / LONGSIZE: * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. / / SHORTSIZE: * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. / #define INTSIZE 4 // #define LONGSIZE 8 // #define SHORTSIZE 2 // / MULTIARCH: * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build * process will produce some binary files that are going to be * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables * for several CPUs. / /#define MULTIARCH / */ / HAS_QUAD: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpart, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, QUAD_IS_INT64_T, * or QUAD_IS___INT64. / #define HAS_QUAD // #ifdef HAS_QUAD # define Quad_t long // # define Uquad_t unsigned long // # define QUADKIND 2 // # define QUAD_IS_INT 1 # define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 # define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 # define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 # define QUAD_IS___INT64 5 #endif / HAS_ACCESSX: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is * available to do extended access checks. / /#define HAS_ACCESSX / */ / HAS_EACCESS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is * available to do extended access checks. / #define HAS_EACCESS // / I_SYS_ACCESS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <sys/access.h>. / /#define I_SYS_ACCESS / */ / I_SYS_SECURITY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <sys/security.h>. / /#define I_SYS_SECURITY / */ / MEM_ALIGNBYTES: * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. For cross-compiling * or multiarch support, Configure will set a minimum of 8. / #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 / BYTEORDER: * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture * binaries, use compiler-defined macros to * determine the byte order. / #if defined(MULTIARCH) # ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ # if LONGSIZE == 4 # define BYTEORDER 0x1234 # else # if LONGSIZE == 8 # define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 # endif # endif # else # ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ # if LONGSIZE == 4 # define BYTEORDER 0x4321 # else # if LONGSIZE == 8 # define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 # endif # endif # endif # endif #else #define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 / large digits for MSB / #endif / CHARBITS: * This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor * can make decisions based on it. / #define CHARBITS 8 // / CASTI32: * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. / /#define CASTI32 / */ / CASTNEGFLOAT: * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. / / CASTFLAGS: * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: * 0 = ok * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list / #define CASTNEGFLOAT // #define CASTFLAGS 0 // / VOID_CLOSEDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine * does not return a value. / /#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / */ / HAS_FD_SET: * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef * in <sys/types.h> / #define HAS_FD_SET // / Gconvert: * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should * be retained, and the output buffer. * The usual values are: * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.g",(n),(x))' The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. / #define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) gcvt((x),(n),(b)) / HAS_GETPAGESIZE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of * many memory management calls. / #define HAS_GETPAGESIZE // / HAS_GNULIBC: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. / #define HAS_GNULIBC // #if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) # define _GNU_SOURCE #endif / HAS_ISASCII: * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii * is available. / #define HAS_ISASCII // / HAS_LCHOWN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the * link). / #define HAS_LCHOWN // / HAS_OPEN3: * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three * argument form of open(2) is available. / #define HAS_OPEN3 // / HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your * own version. / /#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / */ / HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and * use memmove() instead, if available. / /#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / */ / HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. / #define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP // / HAS_SIGACTION: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine * is available. / #define HAS_SIGACTION // / HAS_SIGINFO_SI_ERRNO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the * si_errno member / / HAS_SIGINFO_SI_PID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the * si_pid member / / HAS_SIGINFO_SI_UID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the * si_uid member / / HAS_SIGINFO_SI_ADDR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the * si_addr member / / HAS_SIGINFO_SI_STATUS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the * si_status member / / HAS_SIGINFO_SI_BAND: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the * si_band member / / HAS_SIGINFO_SI_VALUE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the * si_value member / #define HAS_SIGINFO_SI_ERRNO // #define HAS_SIGINFO_SI_PID // #define HAS_SIGINFO_SI_UID // #define HAS_SIGINFO_SI_ADDR // #define HAS_SIGINFO_SI_STATUS // #define HAS_SIGINFO_SI_BAND // #define HAS_SIGINFO_SI_VALUE // / HAS_SIGSETJMP: * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() * routine is available to save the calling process's registers * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. / / Sigjmp_buf: * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. / / Sigsetjmp: * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. / / Siglongjmp: * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. / #define HAS_SIGSETJMP // #ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP #define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf #define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) #define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) #else #define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf #define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) #define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) #endif / HAS_STATIC_INLINE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports * C99-style static inline. That is, the function can't be called * from another translation unit. / / PERL_STATIC_INLINE: * This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static * inline functions. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will * give C99-style inline. If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined, * this will give a plain 'static'. It will always be defined * to something that gives static linkage. * Possibilities include * static inline (c99) * static __inline__ (gcc -ansi) * static __inline (MSVC) * static _inline (older MSVC) * static (c89 compilers) / #define HAS_STATIC_INLINE // #define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__ // / USE_STDIO_PTR: * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used * to access these fields. / / FILE_ptr: * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. / / STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an * lvalue. / / FILE_cnt: * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. / / STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an * lvalue. / / STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. / / STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. / /#define USE_STDIO_PTR / */ #ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR #define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) /#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE / */ #define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) /#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE / */ /#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / */ /#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT / */ #endif / USE_STDIO_BASE: * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. / / FILE_base: * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. / / FILE_bufsiz: * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. / /#define USE_STDIO_BASE / */ #ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE #define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) #define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) #endif / HAS_VPRINTF: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). / / USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type * (char). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the * symbol. / #define HAS_VPRINTF // /#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / */ / DOUBLESIZE: * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor * can make decisions based on it. / #define DOUBLESIZE 8 // / I_TIME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <time.h>. / / I_SYS_TIME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <sys/time.h>. / / I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined. / / HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. / / HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. / #define I_TIME // #define I_SYS_TIME // /#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / / #define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE // #define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /*/ / VAL_O_NONBLOCK: * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. / / VAL_EAGAIN: * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. / / RD_NODATA: * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! / / EOF_NONBLOCK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). / #define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK #define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN #define RD_NODATA -1 #define EOF_NONBLOCK / PTRSIZE: * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void ) if the compiler supports (void ); otherwise it will be sizeof(char ). / #define PTRSIZE 8 /*/ / Drand01: * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. / / Rand_seed_t: * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the * random seed function. / / seedDrand01: * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the * random number generator (see Drand01). / / RANDBITS: * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the * function used to generate normalized random numbers. * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. / #define Drand01() Perl_drand48() // #define Rand_seed_t U32 // #define seedDrand01(x) Perl_drand48_init((Rand_seed_t)x) // #define RANDBITS 48 // / SSize_t: * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. * It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h> * to get any typedef'ed information. * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). / #define SSize_t ssize_t / signed count of bytes / / EBCDIC: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses * EBCDIC encoding. / /#define EBCDIC / */ / ARCHLIB: * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the * program already searches PRIVLIB. / / ARCHLIB_EXP: * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. / #define ARCHLIB "/usr/lib64/perl5" // #define ARCHLIB_EXP "/usr/lib64/perl5" // / BIN: * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. / / BIN_EXP: * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. / / PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like to relocate entries * in @INC at run time based on the location of the perl binary. / #define BIN "/usr/bin" // #define BIN_EXP "/usr/bin" // #define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" // / PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry * in Porting/Glossary for more details. / /#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 / */ / INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed * also as /usr/bin/perl. / /#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / */ / PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl * binary to search for additional library files or modules. * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST * for more details. / /#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS " " / */ / PRIVLIB: * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. / / PRIVLIB_EXP: * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. / #define PRIVLIB "/usr/share/perl5" // #define PRIVLIB_EXP "/usr/share/perl5" // / SITEARCH: * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with * MakeMaker Makefile.PL * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. / / SITEARCH_EXP: * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. / #define SITEARCH "/usr/local/lib64/perl5" // #define SITEARCH_EXP "/usr/local/lib64/perl5" // / SITELIB: * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local * architecture-independent modules in this directory with * MakeMaker Makefile.PL * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. / / SITELIB_EXP: * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. / / SITELIB_STEM: * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. / #define SITELIB "/usr/local/share/perl5" // #define SITELIB_EXP "/usr/local/share/perl5" // #define SITELIB_STEM "/usr/local/share/perl5" // / PERL_VENDORARCH: * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. * It may have a ~ on the front. * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. / / PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. / #define PERL_VENDORARCH "/usr/lib64/perl5/vendor_perl" // #define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "/usr/lib64/perl5/vendor_perl" // / PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. / / PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. / #define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "/usr/share/perl5/vendor_perl" // #define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "/usr/share/perl5/vendor_perl" // / OSNAME: * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. / / OSVERS: * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. / #define OSNAME "linux" // #define OSVERS "4.18.0-425.3.1.el8.x86_64" // / CAT2: * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together. / / STRINGIFY: * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. / #if 42 == 1 #define CAT2(a,b) a//b #define STRINGIFY(a) "a" #endif #if 42 == 42 #define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b #define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a #define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) #define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) #define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) #endif #if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 #include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" #endif / CPPSTDIN: * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. / / CPPMINUS: * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". / / CPPRUN: * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. / / CPPLAST: * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". / #define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E" #define CPPMINUS "-" #define CPPRUN "gcc -E" #define CPPLAST "-" / HAS_ACCESS: * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. * (always present on UNIX.) / #define HAS_ACCESS // / HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT: * Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats / / PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK: * Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style / / HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC: * Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions. / / HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL: * Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms. / / HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN: * Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return / / HASATTRIBUTE_PURE: * Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions / / HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED: * Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments / / HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED: * Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs / / HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT: * Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results / #define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED // #define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT // /#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK / / #define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN // #define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC // #define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL // #define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE // #define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED // #define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT /*/ / HAS_BACKTRACE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the backtrace() routine is * available to get a stack trace. The <execinfo.h> header must be * included to use this routine. / #define HAS_BACKTRACE // / HASCONST: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will * trigger the necessary tests. / #define HASCONST // #ifndef HASCONST #define const #endif / HAS_CSH: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. / / CSH: * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. / /#define HAS_CSH / / #ifdef HAS_CSH #define CSH "csh" // #endif /* HAS_DLADDR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dladdr() routine is * available to query dynamic linker information for an address. * The <dlfcn.h> header must be included to use this routine. / #define HAS_DLADDR // / SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. / / DOSUID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the * file descriptor of the script to be executed. / /#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / */ /#define DOSUID / */ / HAS_ENDGRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. / #define HAS_ENDGRENT // / HAS_ENDHOSTENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. / #define HAS_ENDHOSTENT // / HAS_ENDNETENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. / #define HAS_ENDNETENT // / HAS_ENDPROTOENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. / #define HAS_ENDPROTOENT // / HAS_ENDPWENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. / #define HAS_ENDPWENT // / HAS_ENDSERVENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. / #define HAS_ENDSERVENT // / FLEXFILENAMES: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames * longer than 14 characters. / #define FLEXFILENAMES // / HAS_GETGRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is * available for sequential access of the group database. / #define HAS_GETGRENT // / HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. / #define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR // / HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is * available to look up host names in some data base or other. / #define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME // / HAS_GETHOSTENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is * available to look up host names in some data base or another. / #define HAS_GETHOSTENT // / HAS_GETHOSTNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME * and PHOSTNAME. / / HAS_UNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME * and PHOSTNAME. / / PHOSTNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user * privileges. / / HAS_PHOSTNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine * to derive the host name. / #define HAS_GETHOSTNAME // #define HAS_UNAME // /#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / */ #ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME #define PHOSTNAME "" / How to get the host name / #endif / HAS_GETNETBYADDR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. / #define HAS_GETNETBYADDR // / HAS_GETNETBYNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is * available to look up networks by their names. / #define HAS_GETNETBYNAME // / HAS_GETNETENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is * available to look up network names in some data base or another. / #define HAS_GETNETENT // / HAS_GETPROTOENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. / #define HAS_GETPROTOENT // / HAS_GETPGRP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is * available to get the current process group. / / USE_BSD_GETPGRP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one * arguments whereas USG one needs none. / #define HAS_GETPGRP // /#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / */ / HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. / / HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. / #define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME // #define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER // / HAS_GETPWENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is * available for sequential access of the passwd database. * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. / #define HAS_GETPWENT // / HAS_GETSERVENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is * available to look up network services in some data base or another. / #define HAS_GETSERVENT // / HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() * routine is available to look up services by their name. / / HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() * routine is available to look up services by their port. / #define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME // #define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT // / HAS_HTONL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network * order byte swapping. / / HAS_HTONS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network * order byte swapping. / / HAS_NTOHL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network * order byte swapping. / / HAS_NTOHS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network * order byte swapping. / #define HAS_HTONL // #define HAS_HTONS // #define HAS_NTOHL // #define HAS_NTOHS // / HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long * doubles. / / LONG_DOUBLESIZE: * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only * defined if the system supports long doubles. Note that this * is sizeof(long double), which may include unused bytes. / / HAS_LDEXPL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ldexpl routine is * available to shift a long double floating-point number * by an integral power of 2. / / LONG_DOUBLEKIND: * LONG_DOUBLEKIND will be one of * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLE * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_X86_80_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_X86_80_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_LE_LE * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_BE_BE * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_LE_BE * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_BE_LE * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_VAX_H_FLOAT * LONG_DOUBLE_IS_UNKNOWN_FORMAT * It is only defined if the system supports long doubles. / / LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the long double * is any of the IEEE 754 style long doubles: * LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_STD, LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_EXTENDED, * LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_DOUBLEDOUBLE. / / LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_DOUBLEDOUBLE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the long double is * the 128-bit double-double. / / LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_EXTENDED: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the long double is * the 80-bit IEEE 754. Note that despite the 'extended' this * is less than the 'std', since this is an extension of * the double precision. / / LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_STD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the long double is * the 128-bit IEEE 754. / / LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_VAX: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the long double is * the 128-bit VAX format H. / #define HAS_LDEXPL // #define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE // #ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE #define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 16 // #define LONG_DOUBLEKIND 3 // #define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLE 0 #define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN 1 #define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN 2 #define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_X86_80_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN 3 #define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_X86_80_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN 4 #define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_LE_LE 5 #define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_BE_BE 6 #define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_LE_BE 7 #define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_BE_LE 8 #define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_VAX_H_FLOAT 9 #define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_UNKNOWN_FORMAT -1 #define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_LE_LE / back-compat / #define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_BE_BE / back-compat / #define LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE #undef LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_DOUBLEDOUBLE #define LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_EXTENDED #undef LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_STD #undef LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_VAX #endif / HAS_LONG_LONG: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. / / LONGLONGSIZE: * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only * defined if the system supports long long. / #define HAS_LONG_LONG // #ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG #define LONGLONGSIZE 8 // #endif / HAS_MEMCHR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available * to locate characters within a C string. / #define HAS_MEMCHR // / HAS_MKSTEMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named * temporary file. / #define HAS_MKSTEMP // / HAS_MMAP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is * available to map a file into memory. / / Mmap_t: * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). * Usually set to 'void ' or 'caddr_t'. / #define HAS_MMAP /*/ #define Mmap_t void /*/ / HAS_MSG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg(2) library is supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). / #define HAS_MSG // / HAS_SEM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem(2) library is supported. / #define HAS_SEM // / HAS_SETGRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. / #define HAS_SETGRENT // / HAS_SETHOSTENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is * available. / #define HAS_SETHOSTENT // / HAS_SETNETENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is * available. / #define HAS_SETNETENT // / HAS_SETPROTOENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is * available. / #define HAS_SETPROTOENT // / HAS_SETPGRP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is * available to set the current process group. / / USE_BSD_SETPGRP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID * for a POSIX interface. / #define HAS_SETPGRP // /#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / */ / HAS_SETPWENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. / #define HAS_SETPWENT // / HAS_SETSERVENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is * available. / #define HAS_SETSERVENT // / HAS_SETVBUF: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. * to a line-buffered mode. / #define HAS_SETVBUF // / HAS_SHM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm(2) library is supported. / #define HAS_SHM // / Shmat_t: * This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call. * Usually set to 'void ' or 'char '. / / HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes * a prototype for shmat(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to * guess one. Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess, * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. / #define Shmat_t void // #define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE // /* HAS_SOCKET: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is * supported. / / HAS_SOCKETPAIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is * supported. / / HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr * structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of * the structure. / / HAS_SOCKADDR_IN6: * This symbol, if defined, indicates the availability of * struct sockaddr_in6; / / HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6 * structure has a member called sin6_scope_id. / / HAS_IP_MREQ: * This symbol, if defined, indicates the availability of * struct ip_mreq; / / HAS_IP_MREQ_SOURCE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates the availability of * struct ip_mreq_source; / / HAS_IPV6_MREQ: * This symbol, if defined, indicates the availability of * struct ipv6_mreq; / / HAS_IPV6_MREQ_SOURCE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates the availability of * struct ipv6_mreq_source; / #define HAS_SOCKET // #define HAS_SOCKETPAIR // /#define HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN / / #define HAS_SOCKADDR_IN6 // #define HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID // #define HAS_IP_MREQ // #define HAS_IP_MREQ_SOURCE // #define HAS_IPV6_MREQ // /#define HAS_IPV6_MREQ_SOURCE / / / USE_STAT_BLOCKS: * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring * st_blksize and st_blocks. / #ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS #define USE_STAT_BLOCKS // #endif / USE_STRUCT_COPY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy * routine of some sort instead. / #define USE_STRUCT_COPY // / HAS_STRERROR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. / / HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. / / Strerror: * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] * array is there. / #define HAS_STRERROR // #define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST // #define Strerror(e) strerror(e) / HAS_STRTOUL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. / #define HAS_STRTOUL // / HAS_UNION_SEMUN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is * defined by including <sys/sem.h>. If not, the user code * probably needs to define it as: * union semun { * int val; * struct semid_ds buf; unsigned short array; } / / USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is * used for semctl IPC_STAT. / / USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is * used for semctl IPC_STAT. / /#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN / / #define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN // #define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /*/ / HAS_VFORK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. / /#define HAS_VFORK / */ / HAS_PSEUDOFORK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the * fork routine is available. / /#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK / */ / Signal_t: * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare * a signal handler using "Signal_t (handler)()", and define the handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". / #define Signal_t void / Signal handler's return type / / HASVOLATILE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about * the volatile declaration. / #define HASVOLATILE // #ifndef HASVOLATILE #define volatile #endif / I_DIRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of <dirent.h>. / / DIRNAMLEN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. / / Direntry_t: * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to * portably declare your directory entries. / #define I_DIRENT // /#define DIRNAMLEN / */ #define Direntry_t struct dirent / I_EXECINFO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <execinfo.h> for backtrace() support. / #define I_EXECINFO // / I_GRP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <grp.h>. / / GRPASSWD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group * in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd. / #define I_GRP // #define GRPASSWD // / I_NDBM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should * be included. / / I_GDBMNDBM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> exists and should * be included. This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file * in RedHat 7.1. / / I_GDBM_NDBM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> exists and should * be included. This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file * in Debian 4.0. / / NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. / / GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. / / GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C * prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any * parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++, * K&R style function declarations will yield errors. / /#define I_NDBM / / #define I_GDBMNDBM // /#define I_GDBM_NDBM / / /#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / / #define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES // /#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES / / / I_NETDB: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and * should be included. / #define I_NETDB // / I_NET_ERRNO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <net/errno.h> exists and * should be included. / /#define I_NET_ERRNO / */ / I_PWD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <pwd.h>. / / PWQUOTA: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd * contains pw_quota. / / PWAGE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd * contains pw_age. / / PWCHANGE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd * contains pw_change. / / PWCLASS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd * contains pw_class. / / PWEXPIRE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd * contains pw_expire. / / PWCOMMENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd * contains pw_comment. / / PWGECOS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd * contains pw_gecos. / / PWPASSWD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd * contains pw_passwd. / #define I_PWD // /#define PWQUOTA / */ /#define PWAGE / */ /#define PWCHANGE / */ /#define PWCLASS / */ /#define PWEXPIRE / */ /#define PWCOMMENT / / #define PWGECOS // #define PWPASSWD /*/ / I_SYSUIO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and * should be included. / #define I_SYSUIO // / I_TERMIO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include * <termio.h> rather than <sgtty.h>. There are also differences in * the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol. / / I_TERMIOS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include * the POSIX termios.h rather than sgtty.h or termio.h. * There are also differences in the ioctl() calls that depend on the * value of this symbol. / / I_SGTTY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include * <sgtty.h> rather than <termio.h>. There are also differences in * the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol. / /#define I_TERMIO / / #define I_TERMIOS // /#define I_SGTTY / / / I_STDARG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should * be included. / / I_VARARGS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <varargs.h>. / #define I_STDARG // /#define I_VARARGS / */ / Free_t: * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually * void, but occasionally int. / / Malloc_t: * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. / #define Malloc_t void // #define Free_t void // /* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks. / #define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP // / MYMALLOC: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. / /#define MYMALLOC / */ / CAN_PROTOTYPE: * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle * function prototypes. / / _: * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: * * int main _((int argc, char argv[])); / #define CAN_PROTOTYPE /*/ #ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE #define _(args) args #else #define _(args) () #endif / SH_PATH: * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as * D:/bin/sh.exe. / #define SH_PATH "/bin/sh" // / SIG_NAME: * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of * signal number. This is intended * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: * char sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, * not from sig_name (which is unused). / / SIG_NUM: * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small * dynamic linear lookup. * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of * the sig_name_init list. * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, * not from sig_num (which is unused). / / SIG_SIZE: * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. / #define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "TRAP", "ABRT", "BUS", "FPE", "KILL", "USR1", "SEGV", "USR2", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "STKFLT", "CHLD", "CONT", "STOP", "TSTP", "TTIN", "TTOU", "URG", "XCPU", "XFSZ", "VTALRM", "PROF", "WINCH", "IO", "PWR", "SYS", "NUM32", "NUM33", "RTMIN", "NUM35", "NUM36", "NUM37", "NUM38", "NUM39", "NUM40", "NUM41", "NUM42", "NUM43", "NUM44", "NUM45", "NUM46", "NUM47", "NUM48", "NUM49", "NUM50", "NUM51", "NUM52", "NUM53", "NUM54", "NUM55", "NUM56", "NUM57", "NUM58", "NUM59", "NUM60", "NUM61", "NUM62", "NUM63", "RTMAX", "IOT", "CLD", "POLL", 0 // #define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 6, 17, 29, 0 // #define SIG_SIZE 68 // / USE_CROSS_COMPILE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. / / PERL_TARGETARCH: * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. / #ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE /#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / / #define PERL_TARGETARCH "" // #endif /* PERL_USE_DEVEL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with * -Dusedevel, to enable development features. This should not be * done for production builds. / /#define PERL_USE_DEVEL / */ / HAS_ATOLF: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is * available to convert strings into long doubles. / /#define HAS_ATOLF / */ / HAS_ATOLL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is * available to convert strings into long longs. / #define HAS_ATOLL // / HAS__FWALK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is * available to apply a function to all the file handles. / /#define HAS__FWALK / */ / HAS_ACOSH: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the acosh routine is * available to do the inverse hyperbolic cosine function. / #define HAS_ACOSH // / HAS_AINTL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. / /#define HAS_AINTL / */ / HAS_ASINH: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asinh routine is * available to do the inverse hyperbolic sine function. / #define HAS_ASINH // / HAS_ATANH: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atanh routine is * available to do the inverse hyperbolic tangent function. / #define HAS_ATANH // / HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR: * Can we handle GCC builtin for compile-time ternary-like expressions / / HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT: * Can we handle GCC builtin for telling that certain values are more * likely / #define HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT // #define HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR // / HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS: * If defined, the compiler supports C99 variadic macros. / #define HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS // / HAS_CLASS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. * The returned values are defined in <float.h> and are: * * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 * FP_PLUS_INF +INF * FP_MINUS_INF -INF * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) / /#define HAS_CLASS / */ / HAS_CLEARENV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the clearenv () routine is * available for use. / #define HAS_CLEARENV // / HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr * is supported. / #define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR // / HAS_COPYSIGN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysign routine is * available to do the copysign function. / #define HAS_COPYSIGN // / HAS_COPYSIGNL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is * available. If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl. / #define HAS_COPYSIGNL // / USE_CPLUSPLUS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a C++ compiler was * used to compiled Perl and will be used to compile extensions. / /#define USE_CPLUSPLUS / */ / HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up * to the program to supply one. A good guess is * extern int dbminit(char ); / #define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /*/ / HAS_DIR_DD_FD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the the DIR* dirstream * structure contains a member variable named dd_fd. / /#define HAS_DIR_DD_FD / */ / HAS_DIRFD: * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd * is available. / #define HAS_DIRFD // / DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only * makes sense if you have dlsym, which we will presume is the * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. / /#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE / */ / HAS_ERF: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the erf routine is * available to do the error function. / #define HAS_ERF // / HAS_ERFC: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the erfc routine is * available to do the complementary error function. / #define HAS_ERFC // / HAS_EXP2: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the exp2 routine is * available to do the 2*x function. / #define HAS_EXP2 /*/ / HAS_EXPM1: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the expm1 routine is * available to do the exp(x) - 1 when x is near 1 function. / #define HAS_EXPM1 // / HAS_FAST_STDIO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio" * is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly. / /#define HAS_FAST_STDIO / */ / HAS_FCHDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is * available to change directory using a file descriptor. / #define HAS_FCHDIR // / FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. * It may be undefined on VMS. / #define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK // / HAS_FDCLOSE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fdclose routine is * available to free a FILE structure without closing the underlying * file descriptor. This function appeared in FreeBSD 10.2. / /#define HAS_FDCLOSE / */ / HAS_FDIM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fdim routine is * available to do the positive difference function. / #define HAS_FDIM // / HAS_FEGETROUND: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fegetround routine is * available to return the macro corresponding to the current rounding * mode. / #define HAS_FEGETROUND // / HAS_FINITE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). / #define HAS_FINITE // / HAS_FINITEL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is * available to check whether a long double is finite * (non-infinity non-NaN). / #define HAS_FINITEL // / HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up * to the program to supply one. A good guess is * extern int flock(int, int); / #define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO // / HAS_FMA: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fma routine is * available to do the multiply-add function. / #define HAS_FMA // / HAS_FMAX: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fmax routine is * available to do the maximum function. / #define HAS_FMAX // / HAS_FMIN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fmin routine is * available to do the minimum function. / #define HAS_FMIN // / HAS_FP_CLASS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. * The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are: * * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) * FP_POS_INF +infinity * FP_NEG_INF -infinity * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) / /#define HAS_FP_CLASS / */ / HAS_FP_CLASSL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_classl routine is * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in * Digital UNIX. See for possible values HAS_FP_CLASS. / /#define HAS_FP_CLASSL / */ / HAS_FPCLASS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are: * * FP_SNAN signaling NaN * FP_QNAN quiet NaN * FP_NINF negative infinity * FP_PINF positive infinity * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero * FP_NZERO negative zero * FP_PZERO positive zero * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero / /#define HAS_FPCLASS / */ / HAS_FPCLASSIFY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. * The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are * * FP_NORMAL Normalized * FP_ZERO Zero * FP_INFINITE Infinity * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized * FP_NAN NaN * / / HAS_FP_CLASSIFY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_classify routine is * available to classify doubles. The values are defined in <math.h> * * FP_NORMAL Normalized * FP_ZERO Zero * FP_INFINITE Infinity * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized * FP_NAN NaN * / #define HAS_FPCLASSIFY // /#define HAS_FP_CLASSIFY / */ / HAS_FPCLASSL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. * The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are: * * FP_SNAN signaling NaN * FP_QNAN quiet NaN * FP_NINF negative infinity * FP_PINF positive infinity * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero * FP_NZERO negative zero * FP_PZERO positive zero * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero / /#define HAS_FPCLASSL / */ / HAS_FPGETROUND: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpgetround routine is * available to get the floating point rounding mode. / /#define HAS_FPGETROUND / */ / HAS_FPOS64_T: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. / /#define HAS_FPOS64_T / */ / HAS_FREXPL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is * available to break a long double floating-point number into * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. / #define HAS_FREXPL // / HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data * to do statfs() is supported. / /#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA / */ / HAS_FSEEKO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). / #define HAS_FSEEKO // / HAS_FSTATFS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. / #define HAS_FSTATFS // / HAS_FSYNC: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to * permanent storage. / #define HAS_FSYNC // / HAS_FTELLO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). / #define HAS_FTELLO // / HAS_FUTIMES: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the futimes routine is * available to change file descriptor time stamps with struct timevals. / #define HAS_FUTIMES // / HAS_GAI_STRERROR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gai_strerror routine * is available to translate error codes returned by getaddrinfo() * into human readable strings. / #define HAS_GAI_STRERROR // / HAS_GETADDRINFO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getaddrinfo() function * is available for use. / #define HAS_GETADDRINFO // / HAS_GETCWD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is * available to get the current working directory. / #define HAS_GETCWD // / HAS_GETESPWNAM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is * available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name. / /#define HAS_GETESPWNAM / */ / HAS_GETFSSTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is * available to stat filesystems in bulk. / /#define HAS_GETFSSTAT / */ / HAS_GETITIMER: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is * available to return interval timers. / #define HAS_GETITIMER // / HAS_GETMNT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. / /#define HAS_GETMNT / */ / HAS_GETMNTENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. / #define HAS_GETMNTENT // / HAS_GETNAMEINFO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnameinfo() function * is available for use. / #define HAS_GETNAMEINFO // / HAS_GETPRPWNAM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. / /#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM / */ / HAS_GETSPNAM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. / #define HAS_GETSPNAM // / HAS_HASMNTOPT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is * available to query the mount options of file systems. / #define HAS_HASMNTOPT // / HAS_HYPOT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hypot routine is * available to do the hypotenuse function. / #define HAS_HYPOT // / HAS_ILOGB: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogb routine is * available to get integer exponent of a floating-point value. / #define HAS_ILOGB // / HAS_ILOGBL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is * available. If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl. / #define HAS_ILOGBL // / HAS_INETNTOP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the inet_ntop() function * is available to parse IPv4 and IPv6 strings. / #define HAS_INETNTOP // / HAS_INETPTON: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the inet_pton() function * is available to parse IPv4 and IPv6 strings. / #define HAS_INETPTON // / HAS_INT64_T: * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. * Usually the <inttypes.h> needs to be included, but sometimes * <sys/types.h> is enough. / #define HAS_INT64_T // / HAS_ISBLANK: * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isblank * is available. / #define HAS_ISBLANK // / HAS_ISFINITE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). / #define HAS_ISFINITE // / HAS_ISFINITEL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinitel routine is * available to check whether a long double is finite. * (non-infinity non-NaN). / /#define HAS_ISFINITEL / */ / HAS_ISINF: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is * available to check whether a double is an infinity. / #define HAS_ISINF // / HAS_ISINFL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinfl routine is * available to check whether a long double is an infinity. / #define HAS_ISINFL // / HAS_ISLESS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isless routine is * available to do the isless function. / /#define HAS_ISLESS / */ / HAS_ISNAN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is * available to check whether a double is a NaN. / #define HAS_ISNAN // / HAS_ISNANL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. / #define HAS_ISNANL // / HAS_ISNORMAL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnormal routine is * available to check whether a double is normal (non-zero normalized). / #define HAS_ISNORMAL // / HAS_J0: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the * j0() function is available for Bessel functions of the first * kind of the order zero, for doubles. / / HAS_J0L: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the * j0l() function is available for Bessel functions of the first * kind of the order zero, for long doubles. / #define HAS_J0 // #define HAS_J0L // / HAS_LC_MONETARY_2008: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localeconv routine is * available and has the additional members added in POSIX 1003.1-2008. / #define HAS_LC_MONETARY_2008 // / HAS_LDBL_DIG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h> * or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. / #define HAS_LDBL_DIG / / / HAS_LGAMMA: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lgamma routine is * available to do the log gamma function. See also HAS_TGAMMA and * HAS_LGAMMA_R. / #define HAS_LGAMMA // / HAS_LGAMMA_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lgamma_r routine is * available to do the log gamma function without using the global * signgam variable. / #define HAS_LGAMMA_R // / LIBM_LIB_VERSION: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that libm exports _LIB_VERSION * and that math.h defines the enum to manipulate it. / /#define LIBM_LIB_VERSION / */ / HAS_LLRINT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the llrint routine is * available to return the long long value closest to a double * (according to the current rounding mode). / #define HAS_LLRINT // / HAS_LLRINTL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the llrintl routine is * available to return the long long value closest to a long double * (according to the current rounding mode). / #define HAS_LLRINTL // / HAS_LLROUND: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the llround routine is * available to return the nearest long long value. / #define HAS_LLROUND // / HAS_LLROUNDL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the llroundl routine is * available to return the nearest long long value away from zero of * the long double argument value. / #define HAS_LLROUNDL // / HAS_LOG1P: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the log1p routine is * available to do the logarithm of 1 plus argument function. / #define HAS_LOG1P // / HAS_LOG2: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the log2 routine is * available to do the log2 function. / #define HAS_LOG2 // / HAS_LOGB: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the logb routine is * available to do the logb function. / #define HAS_LOGB // / HAS_LRINT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lrint routine is * available to return the integral value closest to a double * (according to the current rounding mode). / #define HAS_LRINT // / HAS_LRINTL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lrintl routine is * available to return the integral value closest to a long double * (according to the current rounding mode). / #define HAS_LRINTL // / HAS_LROUND: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lround routine is * available to return the nearest integral value. / #define HAS_LROUND // / HAS_LROUNDL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lroundl routine is * available to return the nearest integral value away from zero of * the long double argument value. / #define HAS_LROUNDL // / HAS_MADVISE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is * available to map a file into memory. / #define HAS_MADVISE // / HAS_MALLOC_SIZE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_size * routine is available for use. / /#define HAS_MALLOC_SIZE / */ / HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_good_size * routine is available for use. / /#define HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE / */ / HAS_MEMMEM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memmem routine is * available to return a pointer to the start of the first occurance * of a substring in a memory area (or NULL if not found). / #define HAS_MEMMEM // / HAS_MKDTEMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. / #define HAS_MKDTEMP // / HAS_MKSTEMPS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named * (with a suffix) temporary file. / #define HAS_MKSTEMPS // / HAS_MODFL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and * an integer part i such that \|f\| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. / / HAS_MODFL_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up * to the program to supply one. / #define HAS_MODFL // #define HAS_MODFL_PROTO // / HAS_MPROTECT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. / #define HAS_MPROTECT // / HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr * is supported. / #define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR // / HAS_NAN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nan routine is * available to generate NaN. / #define HAS_NAN // / HAS_NEARBYINT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nearbyint routine is * available to return the integral value closest to (according to * the current rounding mode) to x. / #define HAS_NEARBYINT // / HAS_NEWLOCALE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the newlocale routine is * available to return a new locale object or modify an existing * locale object. / / HAS_FREELOCALE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the freelocale routine is * available to deallocates the resources associated with a locale object. / / HAS_USELOCALE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the uselocale routine is * available to set the current locale for the calling thread. / / HAS_QUERYLOCALE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the querylocale routine is * available to return the name of the locale for a category mask. / / I_XLOCALE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <xlocale.h> to get uselocale() and its friends. / #define HAS_NEWLOCALE // #define HAS_FREELOCALE // #define HAS_USELOCALE // /#define HAS_QUERYLOCALE / */ /#define I_XLOCALE / */ / HAS_NEXTAFTER: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nextafter routine is * available to return the next machine representable double from * x in direction y. / #define HAS_NEXTAFTER // / HAS_NEXTTOWARD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nexttoward routine is * available to return the next machine representable long double from * x in direction y. / #define HAS_NEXTTOWARD // / HAS_NL_LANGINFO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is * available to return local data. You will also need <langinfo.h> * and therefore I_LANGINFO. / #define HAS_NL_LANGINFO // / HAS_OFF64_T: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. / #define HAS_OFF64_T // / HAS_PRCTL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is * available to set process title. * Note that there are at least two prctl variants: Linux and Irix. * While they are somewhat similar, they are incompatible. / / HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is * available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME. / #define HAS_PRCTL // #define HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME // / HAS_PROCSELFEXE: * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. / / PROCSELFEXE_PATH: * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of * the executing program. / #define HAS_PROCSELFEXE // #if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) #define PROCSELFEXE_PATH "/proc/self/exe" // #endif / HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope * system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of * a thread attribute object. / #define HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE // / HAS_PTRDIFF_T: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports ptrdiff_t. / #define HAS_PTRDIFF_T // / HAS_READV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is * available to do gather reads. You will also need <sys/uio.h> * and there I_SYSUIO. / #define HAS_READV // / HAS_RECVMSG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is * available to send structured socket messages. / #define HAS_RECVMSG // / HAS_REMAINDER: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the remainder routine is * available to return the floating-point remainder. / #define HAS_REMAINDER // / HAS_REMQUO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the remquo routine is * available to return the remainder and part of quotient. / #define HAS_REMQUO // / HAS_RINT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rint routine is * available to return the nearest integral value to x as double * using the current rounding mode. / #define HAS_RINT // / HAS_ROUND: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the round routine is * available to round to nearest integer, away from zero. / #define HAS_ROUND // / HAS_SBRK_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are * extern void* sbrk(int); * extern void* sbrk(size_t); / #define HAS_SBRK_PROTO // / HAS_SCALBN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbn routine is * available to multiply floating-point number by integral power * of radix. / #define HAS_SCALBN // / HAS_SCALBNL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is * available. If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl. / #define HAS_SCALBNL // / HAS_SENDMSG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is * available to send structured socket messages. / #define HAS_SENDMSG // / HAS_SETITIMER: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is * available to set interval timers. / #define HAS_SETITIMER // / HAS_SETPROCTITLE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is * available to set process title. / /#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE / */ / HAS_SIGNBIT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the signbit routine is * available to check if the given number has the sign bit set. * This should include correct testing of -0.0. This will only be set * if the signbit() routine is safe to use with the NV type used internally * in perl. Users should call Perl_signbit(), which will be #defined to * the system's signbit() function or macro if this symbol is defined. / #define HAS_SIGNBIT // / HAS_SIGPROCMASK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask * of the calling process. / #define HAS_SIGPROCMASK // / USE_SITECUSTOMIZE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sitecustomize should * be used. / #ifndef USE_SITECUSTOMIZE #define USE_SITECUSTOMIZE // #endif / HAS_SNPRINTF: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the snprintf () library * function is available for use. / / HAS_VSNPRINTF: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vsnprintf () library * function is available for use. / #define HAS_SNPRINTF // #define HAS_VSNPRINTF // / HAS_SOCKATMARK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. / #define HAS_SOCKATMARK // / HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up * to the program to supply one. A good guess is * extern int sockatmark(int); / #define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO // / HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is * available to initialize SOCKS 5. / /#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT / */ / SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN: * This variable defines whether sprintf returns the length of the string * (as per the ANSI spec). Some C libraries retain compatibility with * pre-ANSI C and return a pointer to the passed in buffer; for these * this variable will be undef. / #define SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN // / HAS_SQRTL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is * available to do long double square roots. / #define HAS_SQRTL // / HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); / #define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO // / HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); / #define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO // / HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of * the filesystem containing the file. * This kind of struct statfs is coming from <sys/mount.h> (BSD 4.3), * not from <sys/statfs.h> (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. / #define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS // / HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs * to do statfs() is supported. / #define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS // / HAS_FSTATVFS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. / #define HAS_FSTATVFS // / HAS_STRERROR_L: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_l routine is * available to return the error message for a given errno value in * a particular locale (identified by a locale_t object). / #define HAS_STRERROR_L // / HAS_STRFTIME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is * available to do time formatting. / #define HAS_STRFTIME // / HAS_STRLCAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcat () routine is * available to do string concatenation. / /#define HAS_STRLCAT / */ / HAS_STRLCPY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcpy () routine is * available to do string copying. / /#define HAS_STRLCPY / */ / HAS_STRTOLD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is * available to convert strings to long doubles. / #define HAS_STRTOLD // / HAS_STRTOLL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is * available to convert strings to long longs. / #define HAS_STRTOLL // / HAS_STRTOQ: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is * available to convert strings to long longs (quads). / #define HAS_STRTOQ // / HAS_STRTOULL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. / #define HAS_STRTOULL // / HAS_STRTOUQ: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). / #define HAS_STRTOUQ // / HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are * extern int syscall(int, ...); * extern int syscall(long, ...); / #define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO // / HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up * to the program to supply one. A good guess is * extern long telldir(DIR); / #define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /*/ / HAS_TGAMMA: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tgamma routine is * available to do the gamma function. See also HAS_LGAMMA. / #define HAS_TGAMMA // / HAS_CTIME64: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime64 () routine is * available to do the 64bit variant of ctime () / / HAS_LOCALTIME64: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime64 () routine is * available to do the 64bit variant of localtime () / / HAS_GMTIME64: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime64 () routine is * available to do the 64bit variant of gmtime () / / HAS_MKTIME64: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mktime64 () routine is * available to do the 64bit variant of mktime () / / HAS_DIFFTIME64: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the difftime64 () routine is * available to do the 64bit variant of difftime () / / HAS_ASCTIME64: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime64 () routine is * available to do the 64bit variant of asctime () / /#define HAS_CTIME64 / */ /#define HAS_LOCALTIME64 / */ /#define HAS_GMTIME64 / */ /#define HAS_MKTIME64 / */ /#define HAS_DIFFTIME64 / */ /#define HAS_ASCTIME64 / */ / HAS_TIMEGM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the timegm routine is * available to do the opposite of gmtime () / #define HAS_TIMEGM // / HAS_TRUNC: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the trunc routine is * available to round doubles towards zero. / #define HAS_TRUNC // / HAS_TRUNCL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the truncl routine is * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. / #define HAS_TRUNCL // / U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access * character data through U32-aligned pointers. / #ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED #define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED // #endif / HAS_UALARM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is * available to do alarms with microsecond granularity. / #define HAS_UALARM // / HAS_UNORDERED: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is * available to check whether two doubles are unordered * (effectively: whether either of them is NaN) / /#define HAS_UNORDERED / */ / HAS_UNSETENV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unsetenv () routine is * available for use. / #define HAS_UNSETENV // / HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up * to the program to supply one. A good guess is * extern int usleep(useconds_t); / #define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO // / HAS_USTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. / /#define HAS_USTAT / */ / HAS_WCSCMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wcscmp routine is * available to compare two wide character strings. / #define HAS_WCSCMP // / HAS_WCSXFRM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wcsxfrm routine is * available to tranform a wide character string for wcscmp(). / #define HAS_WCSXFRM // / HAS_WRITEV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is * available to do scatter writes. / #define HAS_WRITEV // / DEFAULT_INC_EXCLUDES_DOT: * This symbol, if defined, removes the legacy default behavior of * including '.' at the end of @INC. / #define DEFAULT_INC_EXCLUDES_DOT // / USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of * some sort is available. / #define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING // / FFLUSH_NULL: * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) correctly * flushes all pending stdio output without side effects. In * particular, on some platforms calling fflush(NULL) still * corrupts STDIN if it is a pipe. / / FFLUSH_ALL: * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush * all pending stdio output one must loop through all * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not * even be probed for and will be left undefined. / #define FFLUSH_NULL // /#define FFLUSH_ALL / */ / I_ASSERT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <assert.h> exists and * could be included by the C program to get the assert() macro. / #define I_ASSERT // / I_BFD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <bfd.h> exists and * can be included. / /#define I_BFD / */ / I_CRYPT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <crypt.h> exists and * should be included. / #define I_CRYPT // / DB_Prefix_t: * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element * in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. / / DB_Hash_t: * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element * in the <db.h> header file. In older versions of DB, it was * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. / / DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG: * This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of * Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header when Perl was configured. / / DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG: * This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of * Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header when Perl was configured. * For DB version 1 this is always 0. / / DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG: * This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of * Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header when Perl was configured. * For DB version 1 this is always 0. / #define DB_Hash_t u_int32_t // #define DB_Prefix_t size_t // #define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG 5 // #define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 3 // #define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 28 // / I_FENV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <fenv.h> to get the floating point environment definitions. / #define I_FENV // / I_FP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp.h> exists and * should be included. / /#define I_FP / */ / I_FP_CLASS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp_class.h> exists and * should be included. / /#define I_FP_CLASS / */ / I_IEEEFP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ieeefp.h> exists and * should be included. / /#define I_IEEEFP / */ / I_INTTYPES: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <inttypes.h>. / #define I_INTTYPES // / I_LANGINFO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <langinfo.h> exists and * should be included. / #define I_LANGINFO // / I_LIBUTIL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <libutil.h> exists and * should be included. / /#define I_LIBUTIL / */ / I_MALLOCMALLOC: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <malloc/malloc.h>. / /#define I_MALLOCMALLOC / */ / I_MNTENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <mntent.h> exists and * should be included. / #define I_MNTENT // / I_NETINET_TCP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <netinet/tcp.h>. / #define I_NETINET_TCP // / I_POLL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <poll.h> exists and * should be included. (see also HAS_POLL) / #define I_POLL // / I_PROT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <prot.h> exists and * should be included. / /#define I_PROT / */ / I_QUADMATH: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <quadmath.h> exists and * should be included. / /#define I_QUADMATH / */ / I_SHADOW: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <shadow.h> exists and * should be included. / #define I_SHADOW // / I_SOCKS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <socks.h> exists and * should be included. / /#define I_SOCKS / */ / I_STDBOOL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdbool.h> exists and * can be included. / #define I_STDBOOL // / I_STDINT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdint.h> exists and * should be included. / #define I_STDINT // / I_SUNMATH: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sunmath.h> exists and * should be included. / /#define I_SUNMATH / */ / I_SYSLOG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <syslog.h> exists and * should be included. / #define I_SYSLOG // / I_SYSMODE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/mode.h> exists and * should be included. / /#define I_SYSMODE / */ / I_SYS_MOUNT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/mount.h> exists and * should be included. / #define I_SYS_MOUNT // / I_SYS_STATFS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/statfs.h> exists. / #define I_SYS_STATFS // / I_SYS_STATVFS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/statvfs.h> exists and * should be included. / #define I_SYS_STATVFS // / I_SYSUTSNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/utsname.h> exists and * should be included. / #define I_SYSUTSNAME // / I_SYS_VFS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/vfs.h> exists and * should be included. / #define I_SYS_VFS // / I_USTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ustat.h> exists and * should be included. / /#define I_USTAT / */ / DOUBLEINFBYTES: * This symbol, if defined, is a comma-separated list of * hexadecimal bytes for the double precision infinity. / / DOUBLENANBYTES: * This symbol, if defined, is a comma-separated list of * hexadecimal bytes (0xHH) for the double precision not-a-number. / / LONGDBLINFBYTES: * This symbol, if defined, is a comma-separated list of * hexadecimal bytes for the long double precision infinity. / / LONGDBLNANBYTES: * This symbol, if defined, is a comma-separated list of * hexadecimal bytes (0xHH) for the long double precision not-a-number. / #define DOUBLEINFBYTES 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x7f // #define DOUBLENANBYTES 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0xff // #define LONGDBLINFBYTES 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 // #define LONGDBLNANBYTES 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 // / PERL_PRIfldbl: * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. / / PERL_PRIgldbl: * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. / / PERL_PRIeldbl: * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. / / PERL_SCNfldbl: * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. / / DOUBLEKIND: * DOUBLEKIND will be one of * DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_32_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN * DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_32_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN * DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN * DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN * DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN * DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN * DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_MIXED_ENDIAN_LE_BE * DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_MIXED_ENDIAN_BE_LE * DOUBLE_IS_VAX_F_FLOAT * DOUBLE_IS_VAX_D_FLOAT * DOUBLE_IS_VAX_G_FLOAT * DOUBLE_IS_IBM_SINGLE_32_BIT * DOUBLE_IS_IBM_DOUBLE_64_BIT * DOUBLE_IS_CRAY_SINGLE_64_BIT * DOUBLE_IS_UNKNOWN_FORMAT / / DOUBLE_HAS_INF: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double has * the infinity. / / DOUBLE_HAS_NAN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double has * the not-a-number. / / DOUBLE_HAS_NEGATIVE_ZERO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double has * the negative_zero. / / DOUBLE_HAS_SUBNORMALS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double has * the subnormals (denormals). / / DOUBLE_STYLE_CRAY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double is * the 64-bit CRAY mainframe format. / / DOUBLE_STYLE_IBM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double is * the 64-bit IBM mainframe format. / / DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double is * the 64-bit IEEE 754. / / DOUBLE_STYLE_VAX: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double is * the 64-bit VAX format D or G. / #define DOUBLEKIND 3 // #define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_32_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN 1 #define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_32_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN 2 #define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN 3 #define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN 4 #define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN 5 #define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN 6 #define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_MIXED_ENDIAN_LE_BE 7 #define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_MIXED_ENDIAN_BE_LE 8 #define DOUBLE_IS_VAX_F_FLOAT 9 #define DOUBLE_IS_VAX_D_FLOAT 10 #define DOUBLE_IS_VAX_G_FLOAT 11 #define DOUBLE_IS_IBM_SINGLE_32_BIT 12 #define DOUBLE_IS_IBM_DOUBLE_64_BIT 13 #define DOUBLE_IS_CRAY_SINGLE_64_BIT 14 #define DOUBLE_IS_UNKNOWN_FORMAT -1 #define PERL_PRIfldbl "Lf" // #define PERL_PRIgldbl "Lg" // #define PERL_PRIeldbl "Le" // #define PERL_SCNfldbl "Lf" // #define DOUBLE_HAS_INF #define DOUBLE_HAS_NAN #define DOUBLE_HAS_NEGATIVE_ZERO #define DOUBLE_HAS_SUBNORMALS #undef DOUBLE_STYLE_CRAY #undef DOUBLE_STYLE_IBM #define DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE #undef DOUBLE_STYLE_VAX / DOUBLEMANTBITS: * This symbol, if defined, tells how many mantissa bits * there are in double precision floating point format. * Note that this is usually DBL_MANT_DIG minus one, since * with the standard IEEE 754 formats DBL_MANT_DIG includes * the implicit bit, which doesn't really exist. / / LONGDBLMANTBITS: * This symbol, if defined, tells how many mantissa bits * there are in long double precision floating point format. * Note that this can be LDBL_MANT_DIG minus one, * since LDBL_MANT_DIG can include the IEEE 754 implicit bit. * The common x86-style 80-bit long double does not have * an implicit bit. / / NVMANTBITS: * This symbol, if defined, tells how many mantissa bits * (not including implicit bit) there are in a Perl NV. * This depends on which floating point type was chosen. / #define DOUBLEMANTBITS 52 #define LONGDBLMANTBITS 64 #define NVMANTBITS 52 / NEED_VA_COPY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format * that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some * other means must be used when copying is required. * As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) * of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- * independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. / #define NEED_VA_COPY // / IVTYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. / / UVTYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV. / / I8TYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8. / / U8TYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8. / / I16TYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16. / / U16TYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16. / / I32TYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32. / / U32TYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32. / / I64TYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64. / / U64TYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64. / / NVTYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV. / / IVSIZE: * This symbol contains the sizeof(IV). / / UVSIZE: * This symbol contains the sizeof(UV). / / I8SIZE: * This symbol contains the sizeof(I8). / / U8SIZE: * This symbol contains the sizeof(U8). / / I16SIZE: * This symbol contains the sizeof(I16). / / U16SIZE: * This symbol contains the sizeof(U16). / / I32SIZE: * This symbol contains the sizeof(I32). / / U32SIZE: * This symbol contains the sizeof(U32). / / I64SIZE: * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64). / / U64SIZE: * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). / / NVSIZE: * This symbol contains the sizeof(NV). * Note that some floating point formats have unused bytes. * The most notable example is the x86* 80-bit extended precision * which comes in byte sizes of 12 and 16 (for 32 and 64 bit * platforms, respectively), but which only uses 10 bytes. * Perl compiled with -Duselongdouble on x86* is like this. / / NV_PRESERVES_UV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE * can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE. / / NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS: * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE. / / NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT: * This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This * value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary * conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given. / / NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE * stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero. / #define IVTYPE long // #define UVTYPE unsigned long // #define I8TYPE signed char // #define U8TYPE unsigned char // #define I16TYPE short // #define U16TYPE unsigned short // #define I32TYPE int // #define U32TYPE unsigned int // #ifdef HAS_QUAD #define I64TYPE long // #define U64TYPE unsigned long // #endif #define NVTYPE double // #define IVSIZE 8 // #define UVSIZE 8 // #define I8SIZE 1 // #define U8SIZE 1 // #define I16SIZE 2 // #define U16SIZE 2 // #define I32SIZE 4 // #define U32SIZE 4 // #ifdef HAS_QUAD #define I64SIZE 8 // #define U64SIZE 8 // #endif #define NVSIZE 8 // #undef NV_PRESERVES_UV #define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS 53 #define NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT 256.0256.0256.0256.0256.0256.02.02.02.02.02.0 #define NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO #if UVSIZE == 8 # ifdef BYTEORDER # if BYTEORDER == 0x1234 # undef BYTEORDER # define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 # else # if BYTEORDER == 0x4321 # undef BYTEORDER # define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 # endif # endif # endif #endif / IVdf: * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV * as a signed decimal integer. / / UVuf: * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV * as an unsigned decimal integer. / / UVof: * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV * as an unsigned octal integer. / / UVxf: * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. / / UVXf: * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF. / / NVef: * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV * using %e-ish floating point format. / / NVff: * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV * using %f-ish floating point format. / / NVgf: * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV * using %g-ish floating point format. / #define IVdf "ld" // #define UVuf "lu" // #define UVof "lo" // #define UVxf "lx" // #define UVXf "lX" // #define NVef "e" // #define NVff "f" // #define NVgf "g" // / SELECT_MIN_BITS: * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this * is either n or 32ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. / #define SELECT_MIN_BITS 64 // / ST_INO_SIZE: * This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes. / / ST_INO_SIGN: * This symbol holds the signedness of struct stat's st_ino. * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. / #define ST_INO_SIGN 1 / st_ino sign / #define ST_INO_SIZE 8 / st_ino size / / STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not * some shell. / #define STARTPERL "#!/usr/bin/perl" // / HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array * holding the stdio streams. / / STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. / /#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY / */ #ifdef HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY #define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY #endif / GMTIME_MAX: * This symbol contains the maximum value for the time_t offset that * the system function gmtime () accepts, and defaults to 0 / / GMTIME_MIN: * This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that * the system function gmtime () accepts, and defaults to 0 / / LOCALTIME_MAX: * This symbol contains the maximum value for the time_t offset that * the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0 / / LOCALTIME_MIN: * This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that * the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0 / #define GMTIME_MAX 67768036191676799 // #define GMTIME_MIN -62167219200 // #define LOCALTIME_MAX 67768036191694799 // #define LOCALTIME_MIN -62167201438 // / USE_64_BIT_INT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers * will be employed (be they 32 or 64 bits). The minimal possible * 64-bitness is used, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl. * This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory * may still be limited to 2 gigabytes. / / USE_64_BIT_ALL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers * will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits). The maximal possible * 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will * be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is * even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not * be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or * you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode. / #ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT #define USE_64_BIT_INT // #endif #ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL #define USE_64_BIT_ALL // #endif / USE_CBACKTRACE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should * be built with support for backtrace. / /#define USE_CBACKTRACE / */ / USE_DTRACE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should * be built with support for DTrace. / #define USE_DTRACE // / USE_FAST_STDIO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should * be built to use 'fast stdio'. * Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later. / #ifndef USE_FAST_STDIO /#define USE_FAST_STDIO / */ #endif / USE_KERN_PROC_PATHNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we can use sysctl with * KERN_PROC_PATHNAME to get a full path for the executable, and hence * convert $^X to an absolute path. / /#define USE_KERN_PROC_PATHNAME / */ / USE_LARGE_FILES: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that large file support * should be used when available. / #ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES #define USE_LARGE_FILES // #endif / USE_LONG_DOUBLE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that long doubles should * be used when available. / #ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE /#define USE_LONG_DOUBLE / */ #endif / USE_MORE_BITS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit interfaces and * long doubles should be used when available. / #ifndef USE_MORE_BITS /#define USE_MORE_BITS / */ #endif / MULTIPLICITY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should * be built to use multiplicity. / #ifndef MULTIPLICITY #define MULTIPLICITY // #endif / USE_NSGETEXECUTABLEPATH: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we can use _NSGetExecutablePath * and realpath to get a full path for the executable, and hence convert * $^X to an absolute path. / /#define USE_NSGETEXECUTABLEPATH / */ / USE_PERLIO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should * be used throughout. If not defined, stdio should be * used in a fully backward compatible manner. / #ifndef USE_PERLIO #define USE_PERLIO // #endif / USE_QUADMATH: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the quadmath library should * be used when available. / #ifndef USE_QUADMATH /#define USE_QUADMATH / */ #endif / USE_SOCKS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should * be built to use socks. / #ifndef USE_SOCKS /#define USE_SOCKS / */ #endif / HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up * to the program to supply one. A good guess is * extern double drand48(void); / #define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO // / HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. / #define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS // / HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. / #define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS // / HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. / #define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS // / HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. / #define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS // / HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up * to the program to supply one. A good guess is * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); / #define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO // / Netdb_host_t: * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument * to gethostbyaddr(). / / Netdb_hlen_t: * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument * to gethostbyaddr(). / / Netdb_name_t: * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to * gethostbyname(). / / Netdb_net_t: * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to * getnetbyaddr(). / #define Netdb_host_t char // #define Netdb_hlen_t size_t // #define Netdb_name_t const char * // #define Netdb_net_t in_addr_t // /* Select_fd_set_t: * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set ', if HAS_FD_SET is defined, and 'int ' otherwise. This is only useful if you have select(), of course. / #define Select_fd_set_t fd_set /*/ / Sock_size_t: * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). / #define Sock_size_t socklen_t // / ARCHNAME: * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname * where library files may be held under a private library, for * instance. / #define ARCHNAME "x86_64-linux-thread-multi" // / HAS_ASCTIME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine * is available to asctime re-entrantly. / / ASCTIME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r. * It is zero if d_asctime_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_asctime_r * is defined. / #define HAS_ASCTIME_R // #define ASCTIME_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_B_SB // / HAS_CRYPT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine * is available to crypt re-entrantly. / / CRYPT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. * It is zero if d_crypt_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_crypt_r * is defined. / #define HAS_CRYPT_R // #define CRYPT_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_B_CCS // / HAS_CTERMID_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine * is available to ctermid re-entrantly. / / CTERMID_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctermid_r. * It is zero if d_ctermid_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctermid_r * is defined. / /#define HAS_CTERMID_R / / #define CTERMID_R_PROTO 0 // /* HAS_CTIME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine * is available to ctime re-entrantly. / / CTIME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r. * It is zero if d_ctime_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctime_r * is defined. / #define HAS_CTIME_R // #define CTIME_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_B_SB // / HAS_DRAND48_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine * is available to drand48 re-entrantly. / / DRAND48_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r. * It is zero if d_drand48_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_drand48_r * is defined. / #define HAS_DRAND48_R // #define DRAND48_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_ST // / HAS_ENDGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine * is available to endgrent re-entrantly. / / ENDGRENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r. * It is zero if d_endgrent_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endgrent_r * is defined. / /#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R / / #define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0 // /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine * is available to endhostent re-entrantly. / / ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endhostent_r. * It is zero if d_endhostent_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endhostent_r * is defined. / /#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R / / #define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 // /* HAS_ENDNETENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine * is available to endnetent re-entrantly. / / ENDNETENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endnetent_r. * It is zero if d_endnetent_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endnetent_r * is defined. / /#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R / / #define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0 // /* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine * is available to endprotoent re-entrantly. / / ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endprotoent_r. * It is zero if d_endprotoent_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endprotoent_r * is defined. / /#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R / / #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 // /* HAS_ENDPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine * is available to endpwent re-entrantly. / / ENDPWENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r. * It is zero if d_endpwent_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endpwent_r * is defined. / /#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R / / #define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0 // /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine * is available to endservent re-entrantly. / / ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of endservent_r. * It is zero if d_endservent_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endservent_r * is defined. / /#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R / / #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 // /* HAS_GETGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. / / GETGRENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GETGRENT_R // #define GETGRENT_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_SBWR // / HAS_GETGRGID_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. / / GETGRGID_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GETGRGID_R // #define GETGRGID_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_TSBWR // / HAS_GETGRNAM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. / / GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GETGRNAM_R // #define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_CSBWR // / HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine * is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly. / / GETHOSTBYADDR_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostbyaddr_r. * It is zero if d_gethostbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyaddr_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R // #define GETHOSTBYADDR_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_TsISBWRE // / HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname_r routine * is available to gethostbyname re-entrantly. / / GETHOSTBYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostbyname_r. * It is zero if d_gethostbyname_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyname_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R // #define GETHOSTBYNAME_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_CSBWRE // / HAS_GETHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent_r routine * is available to gethostent re-entrantly. / / GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostent_r. * It is zero if d_gethostent_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostent_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R // #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_SBWRE // / HAS_GETLOGIN_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. / / GETLOGIN_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r. * It is zero if d_getlogin_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getlogin_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GETLOGIN_R // #define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_BW // / HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine * is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly. / / GETNETBYADDR_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetbyaddr_r. * It is zero if d_getnetbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyaddr_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R // #define GETNETBYADDR_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_uISBWRE // / HAS_GETNETBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname_r routine * is available to getnetbyname re-entrantly. / / GETNETBYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetbyname_r. * It is zero if d_getnetbyname_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyname_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GETNETBYNAME_R // #define GETNETBYNAME_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_CSBWRE // / HAS_GETNETENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent_r routine * is available to getnetent re-entrantly. / / GETNETENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetent_r. * It is zero if d_getnetent_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetent_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GETNETENT_R // #define GETNETENT_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_SBWRE // / HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine * is available to getprotobyname re-entrantly. / / GETPROTOBYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotobyname_r. * It is zero if d_getprotobyname_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobyname_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R // #define GETPROTOBYNAME_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_CSBWR // / HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber_r routine * is available to getprotobynumber re-entrantly. / / GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotobynumber_r. * It is zero if d_getprotobynumber_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobynumber_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R // #define GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_ISBWR // / HAS_GETPROTOENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent_r routine * is available to getprotoent re-entrantly. / / GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotoent_r. * It is zero if d_getprotoent_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotoent_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R // #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_SBWR // / HAS_GETPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine * is available to getpwent re-entrantly. / / GETPWENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r. * It is zero if d_getpwent_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwent_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GETPWENT_R // #define GETPWENT_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_SBWR // / HAS_GETPWNAM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine * is available to getpwnam re-entrantly. / / GETPWNAM_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r. * It is zero if d_getpwnam_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwnam_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GETPWNAM_R // #define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_CSBWR // / HAS_GETPWUID_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine * is available to getpwuid re-entrantly. / / GETPWUID_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r. * It is zero if d_getpwuid_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwuid_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GETPWUID_R // #define GETPWUID_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_TSBWR // / HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine * is available to getservbyname re-entrantly. / / GETSERVBYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservbyname_r. * It is zero if d_getservbyname_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyname_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R // #define GETSERVBYNAME_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_CCSBWR // / HAS_GETSERVBYPORT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport_r routine * is available to getservbyport re-entrantly. / / GETSERVBYPORT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservbyport_r. * It is zero if d_getservbyport_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyport_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT_R // #define GETSERVBYPORT_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_ICSBWR // / HAS_GETSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent_r routine * is available to getservent re-entrantly. / / GETSERVENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getservent_r. * It is zero if d_getservent_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservent_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GETSERVENT_R // #define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_SBWR // / HAS_GETSPNAM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. / / GETSPNAM_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r. * It is zero if d_getspnam_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getspnam_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GETSPNAM_R // #define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_CSBWR // / HAS_GMTIME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine * is available to gmtime re-entrantly. / / GMTIME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r. * It is zero if d_gmtime_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gmtime_r * is defined. / #define HAS_GMTIME_R // #define GMTIME_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_S_TS // / HAS_LOCALTIME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine * is available to localtime re-entrantly. / / LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET: * Many libc's localtime_r implementations do not call tzset, * making them differ from localtime(), and making timezone * changes using $ENV{TZ} without explicitly calling tzset * impossible. This symbol makes us call tzset before localtime_r / #define LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET // #ifdef LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET #define L_R_TZSET tzset(), #else #define L_R_TZSET #endif / LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r * is defined. / #define HAS_LOCALTIME_R // #define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_S_TS // / OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE * (the new version of the constant). * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED * and __UNDETACHED. / /#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / */ / HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine * is available to setup fork handlers. / #define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK // / HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield * routine is available to yield the execution of the current * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. / / SCHED_YIELD: * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. / / HAS_SCHED_YIELD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield * routine is available to yield the execution of the current * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. / #define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD // #define SCHED_YIELD sched_yield() // #define HAS_SCHED_YIELD // / HAS_RANDOM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine * is available to random re-entrantly. / / RANDOM_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r. * It is zero if d_random_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_random_r * is defined. / #define HAS_RANDOM_R // #define RANDOM_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_St // / HAS_READDIR64_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir64_r routine * is available to readdir64 re-entrantly. / / READDIR64_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir64_r. * It is zero if d_readdir64_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir64_r * is defined. / #define HAS_READDIR64_R // #define READDIR64_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_TSR // / HAS_READDIR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine * is available to readdir re-entrantly. / / READDIR_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r. * It is zero if d_readdir_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir_r * is defined. / #define HAS_READDIR_R // #define READDIR_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_TSR // / HAS_SETGRENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine * is available to setgrent re-entrantly. / / SETGRENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r. * It is zero if d_setgrent_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setgrent_r * is defined. / /#define HAS_SETGRENT_R / / #define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 // /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine * is available to sethostent re-entrantly. / / SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of sethostent_r. * It is zero if d_sethostent_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_sethostent_r * is defined. / /#define HAS_SETHOSTENT_R / / #define SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 // /* HAS_SETLOCALE_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale_r routine * is available to setlocale re-entrantly. / / SETLOCALE_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setlocale_r. * It is zero if d_setlocale_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setlocale_r * is defined. / /#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R / / #define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0 // /* HAS_SETNETENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine * is available to setnetent re-entrantly. / / SETNETENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setnetent_r. * It is zero if d_setnetent_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setnetent_r * is defined. / /#define HAS_SETNETENT_R / / #define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0 // /* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine * is available to setprotoent re-entrantly. / / SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setprotoent_r. * It is zero if d_setprotoent_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setprotoent_r * is defined. / /#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R / / #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0 // /* HAS_SETPWENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine * is available to setpwent re-entrantly. / / SETPWENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r. * It is zero if d_setpwent_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setpwent_r * is defined. / /#define HAS_SETPWENT_R / / #define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0 // /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine * is available to setservent re-entrantly. / / SETSERVENT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of setservent_r. * It is zero if d_setservent_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setservent_r * is defined. / /#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R / / #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 // /* HAS_SRAND48_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. / / SRAND48_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r. * It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r * is defined. / #define HAS_SRAND48_R // #define SRAND48_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_LS // / HAS_SRANDOM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine * is available to srandom re-entrantly. / / SRANDOM_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r. * It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r * is defined. / #define HAS_SRANDOM_R // #define SRANDOM_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_TS // / HAS_STRERROR_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine * is available to strerror re-entrantly. / / STRERROR_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r. * It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r * is defined. / #define HAS_STRERROR_R // #define STRERROR_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_B_IBW // / HAS_TMPNAM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. / / TMPNAM_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. * It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r * is defined. / #define HAS_TMPNAM_R // #define TMPNAM_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_B_B // / HAS_TTYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine * is available to ttyname re-entrantly. / / TTYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r. * It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r * is defined. / #define HAS_TTYNAME_R // #define TTYNAME_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_IBW // / I_MACH_CTHREADS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <mach/cthreads.h>. / /#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / */ / I_PTHREAD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include <pthread.h>. / #define I_PTHREAD // / USE_ITHREADS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. / / USE_5005THREADS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. * Only valid up to 5.8.x. / / OLD_PTHREADS_API: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. / / USE_REENTRANT_API: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. * This is extremely experimental. / /#define USE_5005THREADS / / #define USE_ITHREADS // #if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) #define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised/ #endif /#define OLD_PTHREADS_API / */ /#define USE_REENTRANT_API / */ / HAS_TIME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. / / Time_t: * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be * included). / #define HAS_TIME // #define Time_t time_t / Time type / / HAS_TIMES: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>. / #define HAS_TIMES // / Fpos_t: * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. / #define Fpos_t fpos_t / File position type / / Gid_t_f: * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. / #define Gid_t_f "u" // / Gid_t_sign: * This symbol holds the signedness of a Gid_t. * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. / #define Gid_t_sign 1 / GID sign / / Gid_t_size: * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. / #define Gid_t_size 4 / GID size / / Gid_t: * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get * any typedef'ed information. / #define Gid_t gid_t / Type for getgid(), etc... / / Off_t: * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. / / LSEEKSIZE: * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. / / Off_t_size: * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. / #define Off_t off_t / <offset> type / #define LSEEKSIZE 8 / <offset> size / #define Off_t_size 8 / <offset> size / / Mode_t: * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> * to get any typedef'ed information. / #define Mode_t mode_t / file mode parameter for system calls / / Pid_t: * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. / #define Pid_t pid_t / PID type / / Size_t_size: * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. / #define Size_t_size 8 // / Size_t: * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. / #define Size_t size_t / length parameter for string functions / / Uid_t_f: * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. / #define Uid_t_f "u" // / Uid_t_sign: * This symbol holds the signedness of a Uid_t. * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. / #define Uid_t_sign 1 / UID sign / / Uid_t_size: * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. / #define Uid_t_size 4 / UID size / / Uid_t: * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include * <sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information. / #define Uid_t uid_t / UID type */ #endif Back

Edit File : config.h | Size : 163.48 KB

/* This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
 * gets its values from config.sh, which is generally produced by
 * running Configure.
 *
 * Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises.  Note, however,
 * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made.
 * For a more permanent change edit config.sh and rerun config_h.SH.
 */

/* Package name      : perl5
 * Source directory  : .
 * Configuration time: Thu May 18 17:33:33 EDT 2023
 * Configured by     : Red Hat, Inc.
 * Target system     : linux aa2c0304b1c54bccacee11bffa62968a 4.18.0-425.3.1.el8.x86_64 #1 smp tue nov 8 14:08:25 est 2022 x86_64 x86_64 x86_64 gnulinux 
 */

#ifndef _config_h_
#define _config_h_

/* LOC_SED:
 *	This symbol holds the complete pathname to the sed program.
 */
#define LOC_SED 	"/usr/bin/sed"	/**/

/* HAS_ALARM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the alarm routine is
 *	available.
 */
#define HAS_ALARM		/**/

/* HAS_BCMP:
 *	This symbol is defined if the bcmp() routine is available to
 *	compare blocks of memory.
 */
#define HAS_BCMP	/**/

/* HAS_BCOPY:
 *	This symbol is defined if the bcopy() routine is available to
 *	copy blocks of memory.
 */
#define HAS_BCOPY	/**/

/* HAS_BZERO:
 *	This symbol is defined if the bzero() routine is available to
 *	set a memory block to 0.
 */
#define HAS_BZERO	/**/

/* HAS_CBRT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the cbrt() (cube root)
 *	function is available.
 */
#define HAS_CBRT	/**/

/* HAS_CHOWN:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chown routine is
 *	available.
 */
#define HAS_CHOWN		/**/

/* HAS_CHROOT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chroot routine is
 *	available.
 */
#define HAS_CHROOT		/**/

/* HAS_CHSIZE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the chsize routine is available
 *	to truncate files.  You might need a -lx to get this routine.
 */
/*#define	HAS_CHSIZE		/ **/

/* HAS_CRYPT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available
 *	to encrypt passwords and the like.
 */
#define HAS_CRYPT		/**/

/* HAS_CTERMID:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is
 *	available to generate filename for terminal.
 */
#define HAS_CTERMID		/**/

/* HAS_CUSERID:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the cuserid routine is
 *	available to get character login names.
 */
#define HAS_CUSERID		/**/

/* HAS_DBL_DIG:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h>
 *	or <limits.h> defines the symbol DBL_DIG, which is the number
 *	of significant digits in a double precision number.  If this
 *	symbol is not defined, a guess of 15 is usually pretty good.
 */
#define HAS_DBL_DIG 	/**/

/* HAS_DIFFTIME:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the difftime routine is
 *	available.
 */
#define HAS_DIFFTIME		/**/

/* HAS_DLERROR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dlerror routine is
 *	available to return a string describing the last error that
 *	occurred from a call to dlopen(), dlclose() or dlsym().
 */
#define HAS_DLERROR	/**/

/* HAS_DUP2:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dup2 routine is
 *	available to duplicate file descriptors.
 */
#define HAS_DUP2	/**/

/* HAS_FCHMOD:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchmod routine is available
 *	to change mode of opened files.  If unavailable, use chmod().
 */
#define HAS_FCHMOD		/**/

/* HAS_FCHOWN:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchown routine is available
 *	to change ownership of opened files.  If unavailable, use chown().
 */
#define HAS_FCHOWN		/**/

/* HAS_FCNTL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
 *	the fcntl() function exists.
 */
#define HAS_FCNTL		/**/

/* HAS_FGETPOS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fgetpos routine is
 *	available to get the file position indicator, similar to ftell().
 */
#define HAS_FGETPOS	/**/

/* HAS_FLOCK:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the flock routine is
 *	available to do file locking.
 */
#define HAS_FLOCK		/**/

/* HAS_FORK:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fork routine is
 *	available.
 */
#define HAS_FORK		/**/

/* HAS_FSETPOS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsetpos routine is
 *	available to set the file position indicator, similar to fseek().
 */
#define HAS_FSETPOS	/**/

/* HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gettimeofday() system
 *	call is available for a sub-second accuracy clock. Usually, the file
 *	<sys/resource.h> needs to be included (see I_SYS_RESOURCE).
 *	The type "Timeval" should be used to refer to "struct timeval".
 */
#define HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY	/**/
#ifdef HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY
#define Timeval struct timeval	/* Structure used by gettimeofday() */
#endif

/* HAS_GETGROUPS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgroups() routine is
 *	available to get the list of process groups.  If unavailable, multiple
 *	groups are probably not supported.
 */
#define HAS_GETGROUPS		/**/

/* HAS_GETLOGIN:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin routine is
 *	available to get the login name.
 */
#define HAS_GETLOGIN		/**/

/* HAS_GETPGID:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
 *	the getpgid(pid) function is available to get the
 *	process group id.
 */
#define HAS_GETPGID		/**/

/* HAS_GETPGRP2:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp2() (as in DG/UX)
 *	routine is available to get the current process group.
 */
/*#define HAS_GETPGRP2		/ **/

/* HAS_GETPPID:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getppid routine is
 *	available to get the parent process ID.
 */
#define HAS_GETPPID		/**/

/* HAS_GETPRIORITY:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpriority routine is
 *	available to get a process's priority.
 */
#define HAS_GETPRIORITY		/**/

/* HAS_INET_ATON:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the
 *	inet_aton() function is available to parse IP address "dotted-quad"
 *	strings.
 */
#define HAS_INET_ATON		/**/

/* HAS_KILLPG:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the killpg routine is available
 *	to kill process groups.  If unavailable, you probably should use kill
 *	with a negative process number.
 */
#define HAS_KILLPG	/**/

/* HAS_LINK:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the link routine is
 *	available to create hard links.
 */
#define HAS_LINK	/**/

/* HAS_LOCALECONV:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localeconv routine is
 *	available for numeric and monetary formatting conventions.
 */
#define HAS_LOCALECONV	/**/

/* HAS_LOCKF:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lockf routine is
 *	available to do file locking.
 */
#define HAS_LOCKF		/**/

/* HAS_LSTAT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lstat routine is
 *	available to do file stats on symbolic links.
 */
#define HAS_LSTAT		/**/

/* HAS_MBLEN:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mblen routine is available
 *	to find the number of bytes in a multibye character.
 */
#define HAS_MBLEN		/**/

/* HAS_MBSTOWCS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mbstowcs routine is
 *	available to convert a multibyte string into a wide character string.
 */
#define	HAS_MBSTOWCS		/**/

/* HAS_MBTOWC:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mbtowc routine is available
 *	to convert a multibyte to a wide character.
 */
#define HAS_MBTOWC		/**/

/* HAS_MEMCMP:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
 *	to compare blocks of memory.
 */
#define HAS_MEMCMP	/**/

/* HAS_MEMCPY:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
 *	to copy blocks of memory.
 */
#define HAS_MEMCPY	/**/

/* HAS_MEMMOVE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memmove routine is available
 *	to copy potentially overlapping blocks of memory. This should be used
 *	only when HAS_SAFE_BCOPY is not defined. If neither is there, roll your
 *	own version.
 */
#define HAS_MEMMOVE	/**/

/* HAS_MEMSET:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memset routine is available
 *	to set blocks of memory.
 */
#define HAS_MEMSET	/**/

/* HAS_MKDIR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdir routine is available
 *	to create directories.  Otherwise you should fork off a new process to
 *	exec /bin/mkdir.
 */
#define HAS_MKDIR		/**/

/* HAS_MKFIFO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkfifo routine is
 *	available to create FIFOs. Otherwise, mknod should be able to
 *	do it for you. However, if mkfifo is there, mknod might require
 *	super-user privileges which mkfifo will not.
 */
#define HAS_MKFIFO		/**/

/* HAS_MKTIME:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mktime routine is
 *	available.
 */
#define HAS_MKTIME		/**/

/* HAS_MSYNC:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the msync system call is
 *	available to synchronize a mapped file.
 */
#define HAS_MSYNC		/**/

/* HAS_MUNMAP:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the munmap system call is
 *	available to unmap a region, usually mapped by mmap().
 */
#define HAS_MUNMAP		/**/

/* HAS_NICE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nice routine is
 *	available.
 */
#define HAS_NICE		/**/

/* HAS_PATHCONF:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that pathconf() is available
 *	to determine file-system related limits and options associated
 *	with a given filename.
 */
/* HAS_FPATHCONF:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that pathconf() is available
 *	to determine file-system related limits and options associated
 *	with a given open file descriptor.
 */
#define HAS_PATHCONF		/**/
#define HAS_FPATHCONF		/**/

/* HAS_PAUSE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pause routine is
 *	available to suspend a process until a signal is received.
 */
#define HAS_PAUSE		/**/

/* HAS_PIPE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pipe routine is
 *	available to create an inter-process channel.
 */
#define HAS_PIPE		/**/

/* HAS_POLL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the poll routine is
 *	available to poll active file descriptors.  Please check I_POLL and
 *	I_SYS_POLL to know which header should be included as well.
 */
#define HAS_POLL		/**/

/* HAS_READDIR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir routine is
 *	available to read directory entries. You may have to include
 *	<dirent.h>. See I_DIRENT.
 */
#define HAS_READDIR		/**/

/* HAS_SEEKDIR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the seekdir routine is
 *	available. You may have to include <dirent.h>. See I_DIRENT.
 */
#define HAS_SEEKDIR		/**/

/* HAS_TELLDIR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the telldir routine is
 *	available. You may have to include <dirent.h>. See I_DIRENT.
 */
#define HAS_TELLDIR		/**/

/* HAS_REWINDDIR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rewinddir routine is
 *	available. You may have to include <dirent.h>. See I_DIRENT.
 */
#define HAS_REWINDDIR		/**/

/* HAS_READLINK:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readlink routine is
 *	available to read the value of a symbolic link.
 */
#define HAS_READLINK		/**/

/* HAS_REGCOMP:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the regcomp() routine is
 *	available to do some regular patern matching (usually on POSIX.2
 *	conforming systems).
 */
#define HAS_REGCOMP		/* POSIX.2 */

/* HAS_RENAME:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rename routine is available
 *	to rename files.  Otherwise you should do the unlink(), link(), unlink()
 *	trick.
 */
#define HAS_RENAME	/**/

/* HAS_RMDIR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rmdir routine is
 *	available to remove directories. Otherwise you should fork off a
 *	new process to exec /bin/rmdir.
 */
#define HAS_RMDIR		/**/

/* HAS_SELECT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the select routine is
 *	available to select active file descriptors. If the timeout field
 *	is used, <sys/time.h> may need to be included.
 */
#define HAS_SELECT	/**/

/* HAS_SETEGID:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setegid routine is available
 *	to change the effective gid of the current program.
 */
#define HAS_SETEGID		/**/

/* HAS_SETEUID:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the seteuid routine is available
 *	to change the effective uid of the current program.
 */
#define HAS_SETEUID		/**/

/* HAS_SETGROUPS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is
 *	available to set the list of process groups.  If unavailable, multiple
 *	groups are probably not supported.
 */
#define HAS_SETGROUPS		/**/

/* HAS_SETLINEBUF:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlinebuf routine is
 *	available to change stderr or stdout from block-buffered or unbuffered
 *	to a line-buffered mode.
 */
#define HAS_SETLINEBUF		/**/

/* HAS_SETLOCALE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale routine is
 *	available to handle locale-specific ctype implementations.
 */
#define HAS_SETLOCALE	/**/

/* HAS_SETPGID:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgid(pid, gpid)
 *	routine is available to set process group ID.
 */
#define HAS_SETPGID	/**/

/* HAS_SETPGRP2:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp2() (as in DG/UX)
 *	routine is available to set the current process group.
 */
/*#define HAS_SETPGRP2		/ **/

/* HAS_SETPRIORITY:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpriority routine is
 *	available to set a process's priority.
 */
#define HAS_SETPRIORITY		/**/

/* HAS_SETREGID:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setregid routine is
 *	available to change the real and effective gid of the current
 *	process.
 */
/* HAS_SETRESGID:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setresgid routine is
 *	available to change the real, effective and saved gid of the current
 *	process.
 */
#define HAS_SETREGID		/**/
#define HAS_SETRESGID		/**/

/* HAS_SETREUID:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setreuid routine is
 *	available to change the real and effective uid of the current
 *	process.
 */
/* HAS_SETRESUID:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setresuid routine is
 *	available to change the real, effective and saved uid of the current
 *	process.
 */
#define HAS_SETREUID		/**/
#define HAS_SETRESUID		/**/

/* HAS_SETRGID:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setrgid routine is available
 *	to change the real gid of the current program.
 */
/*#define HAS_SETRGID		/ **/

/* HAS_SETRUID:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setruid routine is available
 *	to change the real uid of the current program.
 */
/*#define HAS_SETRUID		/ **/

/* HAS_SETSID:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setsid routine is
 *	available to set the process group ID.
 */
#define HAS_SETSID	/**/

/* HAS_STAT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the stat routine is
 *	available to get file status.
 */
#define HAS_STAT	/**/

/* HAS_STRCHR:
 *	This symbol is defined to indicate that the strchr()/strrchr()
 *	functions are available for string searching. If not, try the
 *	index()/rindex() pair.
 */
/* HAS_INDEX:
 *	This symbol is defined to indicate that the index()/rindex()
 *	functions are available for string searching.
 */
#define HAS_STRCHR	/**/
/*#define HAS_INDEX	/ **/

/* HAS_STRCOLL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strcoll routine is
 *	available to compare strings using collating information.
 */
#define HAS_STRCOLL	/**/

/* HAS_STRTOD:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtod routine is
 *	available to provide better numeric string conversion than atof().
 */
#define HAS_STRTOD	/**/

/* HAS_STRTOL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtol routine is available
 *	to provide better numeric string conversion than atoi() and friends.
 */
#define HAS_STRTOL	/**/

/* HAS_STRXFRM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strxfrm() routine is
 *	available to transform strings.
 */
#define HAS_STRXFRM	/**/

/* HAS_SYMLINK:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the symlink routine is available
 *	to create symbolic links.
 */
#define HAS_SYMLINK	/**/

/* HAS_SYSCALL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the syscall routine is
 *	available to call arbitrary system calls. If undefined, that's tough.
 */
#define HAS_SYSCALL	/**/

/* HAS_SYSCONF:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that sysconf() is available
 *	to determine system related limits and options.
 */
#define HAS_SYSCONF	/**/

/* HAS_SYSTEM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system routine is
 *	available to issue a shell command.
 */
#define HAS_SYSTEM	/**/

/* HAS_TCGETPGRP:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tcgetpgrp routine is
 *	available to get foreground process group ID.
 */
#define HAS_TCGETPGRP		/**/

/* HAS_TCSETPGRP:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tcsetpgrp routine is
 *	available to set foreground process group ID.
 */
#define HAS_TCSETPGRP		/**/

/* HAS_TRUNCATE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the truncate routine is
 *	available to truncate files.
 */
#define HAS_TRUNCATE	/**/

/* HAS_TZNAME:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tzname[] array is
 *	available to access timezone names.
 */
#define HAS_TZNAME		/**/

/* HAS_UMASK:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the umask routine is
 *	available to set and get the value of the file creation mask.
 */
#define HAS_UMASK		/**/

/* HAS_USLEEP:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the usleep routine is
 *	available to let the process sleep on a sub-second accuracy.
 */
#define HAS_USLEEP		/**/

/* HAS_WAIT4:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that wait4() exists.
 */
#define HAS_WAIT4	/**/

/* HAS_WAITPID:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the waitpid routine is
 *	available to wait for child process.
 */
#define HAS_WAITPID	/**/

/* HAS_WCSTOMBS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wcstombs routine is
 *	available to convert wide character strings to multibyte strings.
 */
#define HAS_WCSTOMBS	/**/

/* HAS_WCTOMB:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wctomb routine is available
 *	to convert a wide character to a multibyte.
 */
#define HAS_WCTOMB		/**/

/* Groups_t:
 *	This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to
 *	getgroups() and setgroups().  Usually, this is the same as
 *	gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't.
 *	It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc...
 *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get any
 *	typedef'ed information.  This is only required if you have
 *	getgroups() or setgroups()..
 */
#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS)
#define Groups_t gid_t	/* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */
#endif

/* I_ARPA_INET:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <arpa/inet.h> to get inet_addr and friends declarations.
 */
#define	I_ARPA_INET		/**/

/* I_DBM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <dbm.h> exists and should
 *	be included.
 */
/* I_RPCSVC_DBM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <rpcsvc/dbm.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
#define I_DBM	/**/
/*#define I_RPCSVC_DBM	/ **/

/* I_DLFCN:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <dlfcn.h> exists and should
 *	be included.
 */
#define I_DLFCN		/**/

/* I_FCNTL:
 *	This manifest constant tells the C program to include <fcntl.h>.
 */
/*#define I_FCNTL	/ **/

/* I_FLOAT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <float.h> to get definition of symbols like DBL_MAX or
 *	DBL_MIN, i.e. machine dependent floating point values.
 */
#define I_FLOAT		/**/

/* I_GDBM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm.h> exists and should
 *	be included.
 */
#define I_GDBM	/**/

/* I_LIMITS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <limits.h> to get definition of symbols like WORD_BIT or
 *	LONG_MAX, i.e. machine dependant limitations.
 */
#define I_LIMITS		/**/

/* I_LOCALE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <locale.h>.
 */
#define	I_LOCALE		/**/

/* I_MATH:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <math.h>.
 */
#define I_MATH		/**/

/* I_MEMORY:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <memory.h>.
 */
/*#define I_MEMORY		/ **/

/* I_NETINET_IN:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <netinet/in.h>. Otherwise, you may try <sys/in.h>.
 */
#define I_NETINET_IN	/**/

/* I_STDDEF:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stddef.h> exists and should
 *	be included.
 */
#define I_STDDEF	/**/

/* I_STDLIB:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdlib.h> exists and should
 *	be included.
 */
#define I_STDLIB		/**/

/* I_STRING:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <string.h> (USG systems) instead of <strings.h> (BSD systems).
 */
#define I_STRING		/**/

/* I_SYS_DIR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <sys/dir.h>.
 */
#define I_SYS_DIR		/**/

/* I_SYS_FILE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <sys/file.h> to get definition of R_OK and friends.
 */
#define I_SYS_FILE		/**/

/* I_SYS_IOCTL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/ioctl.h> exists and should
 *	be included. Otherwise, include <sgtty.h> or <termio.h>.
 */
/* I_SYS_SOCKIO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the <sys/sockio.h> should be included
 *	to get socket ioctl options, like SIOCATMARK.
 */
#define	I_SYS_IOCTL		/**/
/*#define I_SYS_SOCKIO	/ **/

/* I_SYS_NDIR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <sys/ndir.h>.
 */
/*#define I_SYS_NDIR	/ **/

/* I_SYS_PARAM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <sys/param.h>.
 */
#define I_SYS_PARAM		/**/

/* I_SYS_POLL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program may include
 *	<sys/poll.h>.  When I_POLL is also defined, it's probably safest
 *	to only include <poll.h>.
 */
#define I_SYS_POLL	/**/

/* I_SYS_RESOURCE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <sys/resource.h>.
 */
#define I_SYS_RESOURCE		/**/

/* I_SYS_SELECT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <sys/select.h> in order to get definition of struct timeval.
 */
#define I_SYS_SELECT	/**/

/* I_SYS_STAT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <sys/stat.h>.
 */
#define	I_SYS_STAT		/**/

/* I_SYS_TIMES:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <sys/times.h>.
 */
#define	I_SYS_TIMES		/**/

/* I_SYS_TYPES:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <sys/types.h>.
 */
#define	I_SYS_TYPES		/**/

/* I_SYS_UN:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <sys/un.h> to get UNIX domain socket definitions.
 */
#define I_SYS_UN		/**/

/* I_SYS_WAIT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <sys/wait.h>.
 */
#define I_SYS_WAIT	/**/

/* I_UNISTD:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <unistd.h>.
 */
#define I_UNISTD		/**/

/* I_UTIME:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <utime.h>.
 */
#define I_UTIME		/**/

/* I_VALUES:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <values.h> to get definition of symbols like MINFLOAT or
 *	MAXLONG, i.e. machine dependant limitations.  Probably, you
 *	should use <limits.h> instead, if it is available.
 */
#define I_VALUES		/**/

/* I_VFORK:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include vfork.h.
 */
/*#define I_VFORK	/ **/

/* STDCHAR:
 *	This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
 *	It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
 */
#define STDCHAR char	/**/

/* CAN_VAPROTO:
 *	This variable is defined on systems supporting prototype declaration
 *	of functions with a variable number of arguments.
 */
/* _V:
 *	This macro is used to declare function parameters in prototypes for
 *	functions with a variable number of parameters. Use double parentheses.
 *	For example:
 *
 *		int printf _V((char *fmt, ...));
 *
 *	Remember to use the plain simple _() macro when declaring a function
 *	with no variable number of arguments, since it might be possible to
 *	have a non-effect _V() macro and still get prototypes via _().
 */
#define CAN_VAPROTO	/**/
#ifdef CAN_VAPROTO
#define	_V(args) args
#else
#define	_V(args) ()
#endif

/* INTSIZE:
 *	This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C
 *	preprocessor can make decisions based on it.
 */
/* LONGSIZE:
 *	This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C
 *	preprocessor can make decisions based on it.
 */
/* SHORTSIZE:
 *	This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C
 *	preprocessor can make decisions based on it.
 */
#define INTSIZE 4		/**/
#define LONGSIZE 8		/**/
#define SHORTSIZE 2		/**/

/* MULTIARCH:
 *	This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build
 *	process will produce some binary files that are going to be
 *	used in a cross-platform environment.  This is the case for
 *	example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables
 *	for several CPUs.
 */
/*#define MULTIARCH		/ **/

/* HAS_QUAD:
 *	This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type,
 *	Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpart, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
 *	of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, QUAD_IS_INT64_T,
 *	or QUAD_IS___INT64.
 */
#define HAS_QUAD	/**/
#ifdef HAS_QUAD
#   define Quad_t long	/**/
#   define Uquad_t unsigned long	/**/
#   define QUADKIND 2	/**/
#   define QUAD_IS_INT	1
#   define QUAD_IS_LONG	2
#   define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG	3
#   define QUAD_IS_INT64_T	4
#   define QUAD_IS___INT64	5
#endif

/* HAS_ACCESSX:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is
 *	available to do extended access checks.
 */
/*#define HAS_ACCESSX		/ **/

/* HAS_EACCESS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is
 *	available to do extended access checks.
 */
#define HAS_EACCESS		/**/

/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
 *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *     include <sys/access.h>.
 */
/*#define   I_SYS_ACCESS                / **/

/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
 *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *     include <sys/security.h>.
 */
/*#define   I_SYS_SECURITY	/ **/

/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
 *	This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
 *	double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
 *	4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.  For cross-compiling
 *  	or multiarch support, Configure will set a minimum of 8.
 */
#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8

/* BYTEORDER:
 *	This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
 *	in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
 *	If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
 *	binaries, use compiler-defined macros to
 *	determine the byte order.
 */
#if defined(MULTIARCH)
#  ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
#    if LONGSIZE == 4
#      define BYTEORDER 0x1234
#    else
#      if LONGSIZE == 8
#        define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
#      endif
#    endif
#  else
#    ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
#      if LONGSIZE == 4
#        define BYTEORDER 0x4321
#      else
#        if LONGSIZE == 8
#          define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
#        endif
#      endif
#    endif
#  endif
#else
#define BYTEORDER 0x12345678	/* large digits for MSB */
#endif

/* CHARBITS:
 *	This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
 *	can make decisions based on it.
 */
#define CHARBITS 8		/**/

/* CASTI32:
 *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
 *	or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
 */
/*#define	CASTI32		/ **/

/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
 *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
 *	numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
 */
/* CASTFLAGS:
 *	This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
 *	has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
 *		0 = ok
 *		1 = couldn't cast < 0
 *		2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
 *		4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
 */
#define	CASTNEGFLOAT		/**/
#define CASTFLAGS 0		/**/

/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
 *	does not return a value.
 */
/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR		/ **/

/* HAS_FD_SET:
 *	This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
 *	in <sys/types.h>
 */
#define HAS_FD_SET	/**/

/* Gconvert:
 *	This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
 *	number to a string without a trailing decimal point.  This
 *	emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
 *	efficient.  If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
 *	trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used.  If all else fails,
 *	a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
 *	macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
 *	be retained, and the output buffer.
 *	The usual values are:
 *		d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
 *		d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
 *		d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
 *	The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
 */
#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) gcvt((x),(n),(b))

/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
 *	is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
 *	many memory management calls.
 */
#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE		/**/

/* HAS_GNULIBC:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
 *	the GNU C library is being used.  A better check is to use
 *	the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
 */
#define HAS_GNULIBC  	/**/
#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
#   define _GNU_SOURCE
#endif

/* HAS_ISASCII:
 *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
 *	is available.
 */
#define HAS_ISASCII		/**/

/* HAS_LCHOWN:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
 *	available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
 *	link).
 */
#define HAS_LCHOWN		/**/

/* HAS_OPEN3:
 *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
 *	argument form of open(2) is available.
 */
#define HAS_OPEN3		/**/

/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
 *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
 *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
 *	own version.
 */
/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY	/ **/

/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
 *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks.  If you need to
 *	copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
 *	use memmove() instead, if available.
 */
/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY	/ **/

/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
 *	and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
 *	bits set.  If it is not defined, roll your own version.
 */
#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP	/**/

/* HAS_SIGACTION:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
 *	is available.
 */
#define HAS_SIGACTION	/**/

/* HAS_SIGINFO_SI_ERRNO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the
 *	si_errno member
 */
/* HAS_SIGINFO_SI_PID:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the
 *	si_pid member
 */
/* HAS_SIGINFO_SI_UID:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the
 *	si_uid member
 */
/* HAS_SIGINFO_SI_ADDR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the
 *	si_addr member
 */
/* HAS_SIGINFO_SI_STATUS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the
 *	si_status member
 */
/* HAS_SIGINFO_SI_BAND:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the
 *	si_band member
 */
/* HAS_SIGINFO_SI_VALUE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that siginfo_t has the
 *	si_value member
 */
#define	HAS_SIGINFO_SI_ERRNO	/**/
#define	HAS_SIGINFO_SI_PID	/**/
#define	HAS_SIGINFO_SI_UID	/**/
#define	HAS_SIGINFO_SI_ADDR	/**/
#define	HAS_SIGINFO_SI_STATUS	/**/
#define	HAS_SIGINFO_SI_BAND	/**/
#define	HAS_SIGINFO_SI_VALUE	/**/

/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
 *	This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
 *	routine is available to save the calling process's registers
 *	and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
 *	to optionally save the process's signal mask.  See
 *	Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
 */
/* Sigjmp_buf:
 *	This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
 */
/* Sigsetjmp:
 *	This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
 *	traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
 *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
 */
/* Siglongjmp:
 *	This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
 *	traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
 *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
 */
#define HAS_SIGSETJMP	/**/
#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
#else
#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
#endif

/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
 *	C99-style static inline.  That is, the function can't be called
 *	from another translation unit.
 */
/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
 *	This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
 *	inline functions.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
 *	give C99-style inline.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
 *	this will give a plain 'static'.  It will always be defined
 *	to something that gives static linkage.
 *	Possibilities include
 *		static inline       (c99)
 *		static __inline__   (gcc -ansi)
 *		static __inline     (MSVC)
 *		static _inline      (older MSVC)
 *		static              (c89 compilers)
 */
#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE				/**/
#define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__	/**/

/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
 *	This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
 *	of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
 *	for a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
 *	and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
 *	to access these fields.
 */
/* FILE_ptr:
 *	This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
 *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
 *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
 */
/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
 *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
 *	lvalue.
 */
/* FILE_cnt:
 *	This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
 *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
 *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
 */
/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
 *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
 *	lvalue.
 */
/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
 *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
 *	to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
 *	value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
 */
/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
 *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
 *	to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
 */
/*#define USE_STDIO_PTR 	/ **/
#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
#define FILE_ptr(fp)	((fp)->_ptr)
/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE 		/ **/
#define FILE_cnt(fp)	((fp)->_cnt)
/*#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE 		/ **/
/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT	/ **/
/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT	/ **/
#endif

/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
 *	This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
 *	stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
 *	a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
 *	will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
 *	Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
 *	to determine the number of bytes in the buffer.  USE_STDIO_BASE
 *	will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
 */
/* FILE_base:
 *	This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
 *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
 *	defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
 */
/* FILE_bufsiz:
 *	This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
 *	buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
 *	structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
 *	if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
 */
/*#define USE_STDIO_BASE 	/ **/
#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
#define FILE_base(fp)	((fp)->_base)
#define FILE_bufsiz(fp)	((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
#endif

/* HAS_VPRINTF:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
 *	to printf with a pointer to an argument list.  If unavailable, you
 *	may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
 */
/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
 *	This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
 *	(char*).  The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()".  It
 *	is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
 *	symbol.
 */
#define HAS_VPRINTF	/**/
/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF 	/ **/

/* DOUBLESIZE:
 *	This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
 *	can make decisions based on it.
 */
#define DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/

/* I_TIME:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <time.h>.
 */
/* I_SYS_TIME:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <sys/time.h>.
 */
/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
 */
/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
 *	the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
 */
/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
 *	the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
 */
#define I_TIME		/**/
#define I_SYS_TIME		/**/
/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL		/ **/
#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE		/**/
#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF		/**/

/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
 *	This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
 *	non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
 *	back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
 *	alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
 *	ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
 */
/* VAL_EAGAIN:
 *	This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
 *	present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
 */
/* RD_NODATA:
 *	This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
 *	on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
 *	not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
 *	issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
 */
/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
 *	a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
 *	held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
 */
#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
#define RD_NODATA -1
#define EOF_NONBLOCK

/* PTRSIZE:
 *	This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
 *	can make decisions based on it.  It will be sizeof(void *) if
 *	the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
 *	sizeof(char *).
 */
#define PTRSIZE 8		/**/

/* Drand01:
 *	This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
 *	random numbers over the range [0., 1.[.  You may have to supply
 *	an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
 *	doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
 *	See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
 */
/* Rand_seed_t:
 *	This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
 *	random seed function.
 */
/* seedDrand01:
 *	This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
 *	random number generator (see Drand01).
 */
/* RANDBITS:
 *	This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
 *	function used to generate normalized random numbers.
 *	Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
 */
#define Drand01()		Perl_drand48()		/**/
#define Rand_seed_t		U32		/**/
#define seedDrand01(x)	Perl_drand48_init((Rand_seed_t)x)	/**/
#define RANDBITS		48		/**/

/* SSize_t:
 *	This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
 *	a count of bytes or an error condition.  It must be a signed type.
 *	It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
 *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
 *	to get any typedef'ed information.
 *	We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
 */
#define SSize_t ssize_t	 /* signed count of bytes */

/* EBCDIC:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
 *	EBCDIC encoding.
 */
/*#define	EBCDIC 		/ **/

/* ARCHLIB:
 *	This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
 *	which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public
 *	library files for perl5.  It is most often a local directory
 *	such as /usr/local/lib.  Programs using this variable must be
 *	prepared to deal with filename expansion.  If ARCHLIB is the
 *	same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the
 *	program already searches PRIVLIB.
 */
/* ARCHLIB_EXP:
 *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used
 *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
 */
#define ARCHLIB "/usr/lib64/perl5"		/**/
#define ARCHLIB_EXP "/usr/lib64/perl5"		/**/

/* BIN:
 *	This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will
 *	be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution.
 */
/* BIN_EXP:
 *	This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for
 *	programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time.
 */
/* PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like to relocate entries
 *	in @INC at run time based on the location of the perl binary.
 */
#define BIN "/usr/bin"	/**/
#define BIN_EXP "/usr/bin"	/**/
#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" 		/**/

/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
 *	This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
 *	which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
 *	search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
 *	for a C initialization string.  See the inc_version_list entry
 *	in Porting/Glossary for more details.
 */
/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0		/ **/

/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
 * 	also as /usr/bin/perl.
 */
/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL	/ **/

/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
 *	This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
 *	binary to search for additional library files or modules.
 *	These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
 *	Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
 *	and architecture-specific directories.  See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
 *	for more details.
 */
/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS " "		/ **/

/* PRIVLIB:
 *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
 *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
 *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
 *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
 */
/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
 *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
 *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
 */
#define PRIVLIB "/usr/share/perl5"		/**/
#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/usr/share/perl5"		/**/

/* SITEARCH:
 *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
 *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
 *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
 *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
 *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
 *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
 *	architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
 *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
 *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
 */
/* SITEARCH_EXP:
 *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
 *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
 */
#define SITEARCH "/usr/local/lib64/perl5"		/**/
#define SITEARCH_EXP "/usr/local/lib64/perl5"		/**/

/* SITELIB:
 *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
 *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
 *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
 *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
 *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
 *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
 *	architecture-independent modules in this directory with
 *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
 *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
 */
/* SITELIB_EXP:
 *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
 *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
 */
/* SITELIB_STEM:
 *	This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
 *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
 *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
 */
#define SITELIB "/usr/local/share/perl5"		/**/
#define SITELIB_EXP "/usr/local/share/perl5"		/**/
#define SITELIB_STEM "/usr/local/share/perl5"		/**/

/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
 *	If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
 *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
 *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
 *	It may have a ~ on the front.
 *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
 *	Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
 *	architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
 *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
 *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
 */
/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
 *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
 *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
 */
#define PERL_VENDORARCH "/usr/lib64/perl5/vendor_perl"		/**/
#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "/usr/lib64/perl5/vendor_perl"		/**/

/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
 *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
 *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
 */
/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
 *	This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
 *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
 *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
 */
#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "/usr/share/perl5/vendor_perl"		/**/
#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "/usr/share/perl5/vendor_perl"		/**/

/* OSNAME:
 *	This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
 *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
 *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
 */
/* OSVERS:
 *	This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
 *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
 *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
 */
#define OSNAME "linux"		/**/
#define OSVERS "4.18.0-425.3.1.el8.x86_64"		/**/

/* CAT2:
 *	This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
 */
/* STRINGIFY:
 *	This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
 */
#if 42 == 1
#define CAT2(a,b)	a/**/b
#define STRINGIFY(a)	"a"
#endif
#if 42 == 42
#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b)	a ## b
#define PeRl_StGiFy(a)	#a
#define CAT2(a,b)	PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
#define StGiFy(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
#define STRINGIFY(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
#endif
#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
#endif

/* CPPSTDIN:
 *	This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
 *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
 *	output.	 Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
 *	call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
 */
/* CPPMINUS:
 *	This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
 *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
 *	output.  This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
 *	to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
 */
/* CPPRUN:
 *	This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
 *	the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
 *	with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
 *	The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
 *	pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
 *	available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
 *	the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
 */
/* CPPLAST:
 *	This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
 *	symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
 */
#define CPPSTDIN "gcc  -E"
#define CPPMINUS "-"
#define CPPRUN "gcc  -E"
#define CPPLAST "-"

/* HAS_ACCESS:
 *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
 *	system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
 *	(always present on UNIX.)
 */
#define HAS_ACCESS		/**/

/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
 *	Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
 */
/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
 *	Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
 */
/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
 *	Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
 */
/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
 *	Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
 */
/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
 *	Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
 */
/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
 *	Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
 */
/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
 *	Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
 */
/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
 *	Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
 */
/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
 *	Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
 */
#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED	/**/
#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT	/**/
/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK	/ **/
#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN	/**/
#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC	/**/
#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL	/**/
#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE	/**/
#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED	/**/
#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT	/**/

/* HAS_BACKTRACE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the backtrace() routine is
 *	available to get a stack trace.  The <execinfo.h> header must be
 *	included to use this routine.
 */
#define HAS_BACKTRACE	/**/

/* HASCONST:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
 *	the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
 *	within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
 *	trigger the necessary tests.
 */
#define HASCONST	/**/
#ifndef HASCONST
#define const
#endif

/* HAS_CSH:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
 */
/* CSH:
 *	This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
 */
/*#define HAS_CSH		/ **/
#ifdef HAS_CSH
#define CSH "csh"	/**/
#endif

/* HAS_DLADDR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dladdr() routine is
 *	available to query dynamic linker information for an address.
 *	The <dlfcn.h> header must be included to use this routine.
 */
#define HAS_DLADDR	/**/

/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
 *	setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
 */
/* DOSUID:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
 *	check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
 *	attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
 *	setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
 *	It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
 *	is done securely.  Among other things, it should do an fstat on
 *	the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
 *	script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
 *	to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
 *	subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
 *	file descriptor of the script to be executed.
 */
/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW	/ **/
/*#define DOSUID		/ **/

/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
 *	available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
 */
#define HAS_ENDGRENT		/**/

/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
 *	available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
 */
#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT		/**/

/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
 *	available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
 */
#define HAS_ENDNETENT		/**/

/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
 *	available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
 */
#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT		/**/

/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
 *	available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
 */
#define HAS_ENDPWENT		/**/

/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
 *	available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
 */
#define HAS_ENDSERVENT		/**/

/* FLEXFILENAMES:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
 *	longer than 14 characters.
 */
#define	FLEXFILENAMES		/**/

/* HAS_GETGRENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
 *	available for sequential access of the group database.
 */
#define HAS_GETGRENT		/**/

/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
 *	available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
 */
#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR		/**/

/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
 *	available to look up host names in some data base or other.
 */
#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME		/**/

/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
 *	available to look up host names in some data base or another.
 */
#define HAS_GETHOSTENT		/**/

/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
 *	gethostname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_UNAME
 *	and PHOSTNAME.
 */
/* HAS_UNAME:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
 *	uname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
 *	and PHOSTNAME.
 */
/* PHOSTNAME:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
 *	popen() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
 *	and HAS_UNAME.	Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
 *	so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
 *	privileges.
 */
/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
 *	contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
 *	to derive the host name.
 */
#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME	/**/
#define HAS_UNAME		/**/
/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME	/ **/
#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
#define PHOSTNAME ""	/* How to get the host name */
#endif

/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
 *	available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
 */
#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR		/**/

/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
 *	available to look up networks by their names.
 */
#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME		/**/

/* HAS_GETNETENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
 *	available to look up network names in some data base or another.
 */
#define HAS_GETNETENT		/**/

/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
 *	available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
 */
#define HAS_GETPROTOENT		/**/

/* HAS_GETPGRP:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
 *	available to get the current process group.
 */
/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
 *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.
 */
#define HAS_GETPGRP		/**/
/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP	/ **/

/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
 *	routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
 */
/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
 *	routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
 */
#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME		/**/
#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER		/**/

/* HAS_GETPWENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
 *	available for sequential access of the passwd database.
 *	If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
 */
#define HAS_GETPWENT		/**/

/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
 *	available to look up network services in some data base or another.
 */
#define HAS_GETSERVENT		/**/

/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
 *	routine is available to look up services by their name.
 */
/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
 *	routine is available to look up services by their port.
 */
#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME		/**/
#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT		/**/

/* HAS_HTONL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
 *	friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
 *	order byte swapping.
 */
/* HAS_HTONS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
 *	friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
 *	order byte swapping.
 */
/* HAS_NTOHL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
 *	friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
 *	order byte swapping.
 */
/* HAS_NTOHS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
 *	friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
 *	order byte swapping.
 */
#define HAS_HTONL		/**/
#define HAS_HTONS		/**/
#define HAS_NTOHL		/**/
#define HAS_NTOHS		/**/

/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
 *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
 *	doubles.
 */
/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
 *	This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
 *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
 *	defined if the system supports long doubles.  Note that this
 *	is sizeof(long double), which may include unused bytes.
 */
/* HAS_LDEXPL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ldexpl routine is
 *	available to shift a long double floating-point number
 *	by an integral power of 2.
 */
/* LONG_DOUBLEKIND:
 *	LONG_DOUBLEKIND will be one of
 *	LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLE
 *	LONG_DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN
 *	LONG_DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN
 *	LONG_DOUBLE_IS_X86_80_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN
 *	LONG_DOUBLE_IS_X86_80_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN
 *	LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_LE_LE
 *	LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_BE_BE
 *	LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_LE_BE
 *	LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_BE_LE
 *	LONG_DOUBLE_IS_VAX_H_FLOAT
 *	LONG_DOUBLE_IS_UNKNOWN_FORMAT
 *	It is only defined if the system supports long doubles.
 */
/* LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the long double
 *	is any of the IEEE 754 style long doubles:
 *	LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_STD, LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_EXTENDED,
 *	LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_DOUBLEDOUBLE.
 */
/* LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_DOUBLEDOUBLE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the long double is
 *	the 128-bit double-double.
 */
/* LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_EXTENDED:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the long double is
 *	the 80-bit IEEE 754. Note that despite the 'extended' this
 *	is less than the 'std', since this is an extension of
 *	the double precision.
 */
/* LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_STD:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the long double is
 *	the 128-bit IEEE 754.
 */
/* LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_VAX:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the long double is
 *	the 128-bit VAX format H.
 */
#define  HAS_LDEXPL		/**/
#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE		/**/
#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 16		/**/
#define LONG_DOUBLEKIND 3		/**/
#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLE				0
#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN	1
#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN	2
#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_X86_80_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN		3
#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_X86_80_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN		4
#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_LE_LE	5
#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_BE_BE	6
#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_LE_BE	7
#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_BE_LE	8
#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_VAX_H_FLOAT			9
#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_UNKNOWN_FORMAT			-1
#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN	LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_LE_LE /* back-compat */
#define LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN	LONG_DOUBLE_IS_DOUBLEDOUBLE_128_BIT_BE_BE /* back-compat */
#define LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE
#undef LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_DOUBLEDOUBLE
#define LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_EXTENDED
#undef LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE_STD
#undef LONG_DOUBLE_STYLE_VAX
#endif

/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
 *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
 */
/* LONGLONGSIZE:
 *	This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
 *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
 *	defined if the system supports long long.
 */
#define HAS_LONG_LONG		/**/
#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
#define LONGLONGSIZE 8		/**/
#endif

/* HAS_MEMCHR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
 *	to locate characters within a C string.
 */
#define HAS_MEMCHR	/**/

/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
 *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
 *	temporary file.
 */
#define HAS_MKSTEMP		/**/

/* HAS_MMAP:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
 *	available to map a file into memory.
 */
/* Mmap_t:
 *	This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
 *	(and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
 *	Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
 */
#define HAS_MMAP		/**/
#define Mmap_t void *	/**/

/* HAS_MSG:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
 *	supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
 */
#define HAS_MSG		/**/

/* HAS_SEM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
 *	supported.
 */
#define HAS_SEM		/**/

/* HAS_SETGRENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
 *	available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
 */
#define HAS_SETGRENT		/**/

/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
 *	available.
 */
#define HAS_SETHOSTENT		/**/

/* HAS_SETNETENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
 *	available.
 */
#define HAS_SETNETENT		/**/

/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
 *	available.
 */
#define HAS_SETPROTOENT		/**/

/* HAS_SETPGRP:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
 *	available to set the current process group.
 */
/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
 *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.  See also HAS_SETPGID
 *	for a POSIX interface.
 */
#define HAS_SETPGRP		/**/
/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP	/ **/

/* HAS_SETPWENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
 *	available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
 */
#define HAS_SETPWENT		/**/

/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
 *	available.
 */
#define HAS_SETSERVENT		/**/

/* HAS_SETVBUF:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
 *	available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
 *	to a line-buffered mode.
 */
#define HAS_SETVBUF		/**/

/* HAS_SHM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is
 *	supported.
 */
#define HAS_SHM		/**/

/* Shmat_t:
 *	This symbol holds the return type of the shmat() system call.
 *	Usually set to 'void *' or 'char *'.
 */
/* HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys/shm.h includes
 *	a prototype for shmat().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to
 *	guess one.  Shmat_t shmat(int, Shmat_t, int) is a good guess,
 *	but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only
 *	when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs.
 */
#define Shmat_t void *	/**/
#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE	/**/

/* HAS_SOCKET:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is
 *	supported.
 */
/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is
 *	supported.
 */
/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr
 *	structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of
 *	the structure.
 */
/* HAS_SOCKADDR_IN6:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the availability of
 *	struct sockaddr_in6;
 */
/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6
 *	structure has a member called sin6_scope_id.
 */
/* HAS_IP_MREQ:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the availability of
 *	struct ip_mreq;
 */
/* HAS_IP_MREQ_SOURCE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the availability of
 *	struct ip_mreq_source;
 */
/* HAS_IPV6_MREQ:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the availability of
 *	struct ipv6_mreq;
 */
/* HAS_IPV6_MREQ_SOURCE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the availability of
 *	struct ipv6_mreq_source;
 */
#define	HAS_SOCKET		/**/
#define	HAS_SOCKETPAIR	/**/
/*#define	HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN	/ **/
#define	HAS_SOCKADDR_IN6	/**/
#define	HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID	/**/
#define	HAS_IP_MREQ	/**/
#define	HAS_IP_MREQ_SOURCE	/**/
#define	HAS_IPV6_MREQ	/**/
/*#define	HAS_IPV6_MREQ_SOURCE	/ **/

/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
 *	This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
 *	st_blksize and st_blocks.
 */
#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS
#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS 	/**/
#endif

/* USE_STRUCT_COPY:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how
 *	to copy structures.  If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy
 *	routine of some sort instead.
 */
#define	USE_STRUCT_COPY	/**/

/* HAS_STRERROR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is
 *	available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup
 *	of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own.
 */
/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is
 *	available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int
 *	sys_nerr gives the size of that table.
 */
/* Strerror:
 *	This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is
 *	not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[]
 *	array is there.
 */
#define HAS_STRERROR		/**/
#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST	/**/
#define Strerror(e) strerror(e)

/* HAS_STRTOUL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
 *	available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
 */
#define HAS_STRTOUL	/**/

/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
 *	defined by including <sys/sem.h>.  If not, the user code
 *	probably needs to define it as:
 *	union semun {
 *	    int val;
 *	    struct semid_ds *buf;
 *	    unsigned short *array;
 *	}
 */
/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is
 *	used for semctl IPC_STAT.
 */
/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is
 *	used for semctl IPC_STAT.
 */
/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN	/ **/
#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN	/**/
#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS	/**/

/* HAS_VFORK:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists.
 */
/*#define HAS_VFORK	/ **/

/* HAS_PSEUDOFORK:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that an emulation of the
 *	fork routine is available.
 */
/*#define HAS_PSEUDOFORK	/ **/

/* Signal_t:
 *	This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the
 *	appropriate return type of a signal handler.  Thus, you can declare
 *	a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the
 *	handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)".
 */
#define Signal_t void	/* Signal handler's return type */

/* HASVOLATILE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
 *	the volatile declaration.
 */
#define	HASVOLATILE	/**/
#ifndef HASVOLATILE
#define volatile
#endif

/* I_DIRENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
 *	of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or
 *	'struct direct' depending on the availability of <dirent.h>.
 */
/* DIRNAMLEN:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length
 *	of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field.  Otherwise
 *	you need to do strlen() on the d_name field.
 */
/* Direntry_t:
 *	This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on
 *	whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to
 *	portably declare your directory entries.
 */
#define I_DIRENT		/**/
/*#define DIRNAMLEN	/ **/
#define Direntry_t struct dirent

/* I_EXECINFO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <execinfo.h> for backtrace() support.
 */
#define I_EXECINFO		/**/

/* I_GRP:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <grp.h>.
 */
/* GRPASSWD:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group
 *	in <grp.h> contains gr_passwd.
 */
#define I_GRP		/**/
#define GRPASSWD	/**/

/* I_NDBM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
 *	be included.
 */
/* I_GDBMNDBM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> exists and should
 *	be included.  This was the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
 *	in RedHat 7.1.
 */
/* I_GDBM_NDBM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> exists and should
 *	be included.  This is the location of the ndbm.h compatibility file
 *	in Debian 4.0.
 */
/* NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
 *	prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
 *	parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
 *	K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
 */
/* GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm/ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
 *	prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
 *	parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
 *	K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
 */
/* GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <gdbm-ndbm.h> uses real ANSI C
 *	prototypes instead of K&R style function declarations without any
 *	parameter information. While ANSI C prototypes are supported in C++,
 *	K&R style function declarations will yield errors.
 */
/*#define I_NDBM	/ **/
#define I_GDBMNDBM	/**/
/*#define I_GDBM_NDBM	/ **/
/*#define NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES	/ **/
#define GDBMNDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES	/**/
/*#define GDBM_NDBM_H_USES_PROTOTYPES	/ **/

/* I_NETDB:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
#define I_NETDB		/**/

/* I_NET_ERRNO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <net/errno.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
/*#define I_NET_ERRNO		/ **/

/* I_PWD:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <pwd.h>.
 */
/* PWQUOTA:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
 *	contains pw_quota.
 */
/* PWAGE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
 *	contains pw_age.
 */
/* PWCHANGE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
 *	contains pw_change.
 */
/* PWCLASS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
 *	contains pw_class.
 */
/* PWEXPIRE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
 *	contains pw_expire.
 */
/* PWCOMMENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
 *	contains pw_comment.
 */
/* PWGECOS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
 *	contains pw_gecos.
 */
/* PWPASSWD:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd
 *	contains pw_passwd.
 */
#define I_PWD		/**/
/*#define PWQUOTA	/ **/
/*#define PWAGE	/ **/
/*#define PWCHANGE	/ **/
/*#define PWCLASS	/ **/
/*#define PWEXPIRE	/ **/
/*#define PWCOMMENT	/ **/
#define PWGECOS	/**/
#define PWPASSWD	/**/

/* I_SYSUIO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
#define	I_SYSUIO		/**/

/* I_TERMIO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include
 *	<termio.h> rather than <sgtty.h>.  There are also differences in
 *	the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol.
 */
/* I_TERMIOS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include
 *	the POSIX termios.h rather than sgtty.h or termio.h.
 *	There are also differences in the ioctl() calls that depend on the
 *	value of this symbol.
 */
/* I_SGTTY:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should include
 *	<sgtty.h> rather than <termio.h>.  There are also differences in
 *	the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol.
 */
/*#define I_TERMIO		/ **/
#define I_TERMIOS		/**/
/*#define I_SGTTY		/ **/

/* I_STDARG:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdarg.h> exists and should
 *	be included.
 */
/* I_VARARGS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <varargs.h>.
 */
#define I_STDARG		/**/
/*#define I_VARARGS	/ **/

/* Free_t:
 *	This variable contains the return type of free().  It is usually
 * void, but occasionally int.
 */
/* Malloc_t:
 *	This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc.
 */
#define Malloc_t void *			/**/
#define Free_t void			/**/

/* PERL_MALLOC_WRAP:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like malloc wrap checks.
 */
#define PERL_MALLOC_WRAP		/**/

/* MYMALLOC:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc.
 */
/*#define MYMALLOC			/ **/

/* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
 *	If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
 *	function prototypes.
 */
/* _:
 *	This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want
 *	to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than
 *	the above macros.  Use double parentheses.  For example:
 *
 *		int main _((int argc, char *argv[]));
 */
#define	CAN_PROTOTYPE	/**/
#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE
#define	_(args) args
#else
#define	_(args) ()
#endif

/* SH_PATH:
 *	This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
 *	on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts.  Usually, this will be
 *	/bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh,
 *	/bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as
 *	D:/bin/sh.exe.
 */
#define SH_PATH "/bin/sh"  /**/

/* SIG_NAME:
 *	This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of
 *	signal number. This is intended
 *	to be used as a static array initialization, like this:
 *		char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME };
 *	The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal
 *	is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal
 *	name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT".
 *	Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn,
 *	etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37).
 *	The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i].
 *	The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL.  This
 *	corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list.
 *	Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init,
 *	not from sig_name (which is unused).
 */
/* SIG_NUM:
 *	This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the
 *	SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in:
 *		int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM };
 *	The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices
 *	within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute
 *	the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small
 *	dynamic linear lookup.
 *	Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list.
 *	The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i].
 *	if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i.
 *	The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of
 *	the sig_name_init list.
 *	Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init,
 *	not from sig_num (which is unused).
 */
/* SIG_SIZE:
 *	This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME
 *	and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry.
 */
#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "TRAP", "ABRT", "BUS", "FPE", "KILL", "USR1", "SEGV", "USR2", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "STKFLT", "CHLD", "CONT", "STOP", "TSTP", "TTIN", "TTOU", "URG", "XCPU", "XFSZ", "VTALRM", "PROF", "WINCH", "IO", "PWR", "SYS", "NUM32", "NUM33", "RTMIN", "NUM35", "NUM36", "NUM37", "NUM38", "NUM39", "NUM40", "NUM41", "NUM42", "NUM43", "NUM44", "NUM45", "NUM46", "NUM47", "NUM48", "NUM49", "NUM50", "NUM51", "NUM52", "NUM53", "NUM54", "NUM55", "NUM56", "NUM57", "NUM58", "NUM59", "NUM60", "NUM61", "NUM62", "NUM63", "RTMAX", "IOT", "CLD", "POLL", 0		/**/
#define SIG_NUM  0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 6, 17, 29, 0		/**/
#define SIG_SIZE 68			/**/

/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
 */
/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
 *	Perl has been cross-compiled to.  Undefined if not a cross-compile.
 */
#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
/*#define	USE_CROSS_COMPILE	/ **/
#define	PERL_TARGETARCH	""	/**/
#endif

/* PERL_USE_DEVEL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with
 *	-Dusedevel, to enable development features.  This should not be
 *	done for production builds.
 */
/*#define	PERL_USE_DEVEL		/ **/

/* HAS_ATOLF:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is
 *	available to convert strings into long doubles.
 */
/*#define HAS_ATOLF		/ **/

/* HAS_ATOLL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is
 *	available to convert strings into long longs.
 */
#define HAS_ATOLL		/**/

/* HAS__FWALK:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is
 *	available to apply a function to all the file handles.
 */
/*#define HAS__FWALK		/ **/

/* HAS_ACOSH:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the acosh routine is
 *	available to do the inverse hyperbolic cosine function.
 */
#define HAS_ACOSH		/**/

/* HAS_AINTL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is
 *	available.  If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl.
 */
/*#define HAS_AINTL		/ **/

/* HAS_ASINH:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asinh routine is
 *	available to do the inverse hyperbolic sine function.
 */
#define HAS_ASINH		/**/

/* HAS_ATANH:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atanh routine is
 *	available to do the inverse hyperbolic tangent function.
 */
#define HAS_ATANH		/**/

/* HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR:
 *	Can we handle GCC builtin for compile-time ternary-like expressions
 */
/* HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT:
 *	Can we handle GCC builtin for telling that certain values are more
 *	likely
 */
#define HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT	/**/
#define HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR	/**/

/* HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS:
 *	If defined, the compiler supports C99 variadic macros.
 */
#define	HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS	/**/

/* HAS_CLASS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is
 *	available to classify doubles.  Available for example in AIX.
 *	The returned values are defined in <float.h> and are:
 *
 *	FP_PLUS_NORM	Positive normalized, nonzero
 *	FP_MINUS_NORM	Negative normalized, nonzero
 *	FP_PLUS_DENORM	Positive denormalized, nonzero
 *	FP_MINUS_DENORM	Negative denormalized, nonzero
 *	FP_PLUS_ZERO	+0.0
 *	FP_MINUS_ZERO	-0.0
 *	FP_PLUS_INF	+INF
 *	FP_MINUS_INF	-INF
 *	FP_NANS		Signaling Not a Number (NaNS)
 *	FP_NANQ		Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ)
 */
/*#define HAS_CLASS		/ **/

/* HAS_CLEARENV:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the clearenv () routine is
 *	available for use.
 */
#define HAS_CLEARENV		/**/

/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr
 *	is supported.
 */
#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR	/**/

/* HAS_COPYSIGN:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysign routine is
 *	available to do the copysign function.
 */
#define HAS_COPYSIGN		/**/

/* HAS_COPYSIGNL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is
 *	available.  If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl.
 */
#define HAS_COPYSIGNL		/**/

/* USE_CPLUSPLUS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that a C++ compiler was
 *	used to compiled Perl and will be used to compile extensions.
 */
/*#define USE_CPLUSPLUS		/ **/

/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
 *	a prototype for the dbminit() function.  Otherwise, it is up
 *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
 *		extern int dbminit(char *);
 */
#define	HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO	/**/

/* HAS_DIR_DD_FD:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the the DIR* dirstream
 *	structure contains a member variable named dd_fd.
 */
/*#define HAS_DIR_DD_FD		/ **/

/* HAS_DIRFD:
 *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd
 *	is available.
 */
#define HAS_DIRFD		/**/

/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an
 *	underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym().  This only
 *	makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the
 *	case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs.
 */
/*#define 	DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE 	/ **/

/* HAS_ERF:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the erf routine is
 *	available to do the error function.
 */
#define HAS_ERF		/**/

/* HAS_ERFC:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the erfc routine is
 *	available to do the complementary error function.
 */
#define HAS_ERFC		/**/

/* HAS_EXP2:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the exp2 routine is
 *	available to do the 2**x function.
 */
#define HAS_EXP2		/**/

/* HAS_EXPM1:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the expm1 routine is
 *	available to do the exp(x) - 1 when x is near 1 function.
 */
#define HAS_EXPM1		/**/

/* HAS_FAST_STDIO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio"
 *	is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly.
 */
/*#define HAS_FAST_STDIO		/ **/

/* HAS_FCHDIR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is
 *	available to change directory using a file descriptor.
 */
#define HAS_FCHDIR		/**/

/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used
 *	for file locking.  Normally on Unix systems this is defined.
 *	It may be undefined on VMS.
 */
#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK		/**/

/* HAS_FDCLOSE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fdclose routine is
 *	available to free a FILE structure without closing the underlying
 *	file descriptor.  This function appeared in FreeBSD 10.2.
 */
/*#define HAS_FDCLOSE		/ **/

/* HAS_FDIM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fdim routine is
 *	available to do the positive difference function.
 */
#define HAS_FDIM		/**/

/* HAS_FEGETROUND:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fegetround routine is
 *	available to return the macro corresponding to the current rounding
 *	mode.
 */
#define HAS_FEGETROUND	/**/

/* HAS_FINITE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is
 *	available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN).
 */
#define HAS_FINITE		/**/

/* HAS_FINITEL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is
 *	available to check whether a long double is finite
 *	(non-infinity non-NaN).
 */
#define HAS_FINITEL		/**/

/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
 *	a prototype for the flock() function.  Otherwise, it is up
 *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
 *		extern int flock(int, int);
 */
#define	HAS_FLOCK_PROTO	/**/

/* HAS_FMA:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fma routine is
 *	available to do the multiply-add function.
 */
#define HAS_FMA		/**/

/* HAS_FMAX:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fmax routine is
 *	available to do the maximum function.
 */
#define HAS_FMAX		/**/

/* HAS_FMIN:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fmin routine is
 *	available to do the minimum function.
 */
#define HAS_FMIN		/**/

/* HAS_FP_CLASS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is
 *	available to classify doubles.  Available for example in Digital UNIX.
 *	The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are:
 *
 *	FP_SNAN           Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number)
 *	FP_QNAN           Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number)
 *	FP_POS_INF        +infinity
 *	FP_NEG_INF        -infinity
 *	FP_POS_NORM       Positive normalized
 *	FP_NEG_NORM       Negative normalized
 *	FP_POS_DENORM     Positive denormalized
 *	FP_NEG_DENORM     Negative denormalized
 *	FP_POS_ZERO       +0.0 (positive zero)
 *	FP_NEG_ZERO       -0.0 (negative zero)
 */
/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS		/ **/

/* HAS_FP_CLASSL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_classl routine is
 *	available to classify long doubles.  Available for example in
 *	Digital UNIX.  See for possible values HAS_FP_CLASS.
 */
/*#define HAS_FP_CLASSL		/ **/

/* HAS_FPCLASS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is
 *	available to classify doubles.  Available for example in Solaris/SVR4.
 *	The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are:
 *
 *	FP_SNAN		signaling NaN
 *	FP_QNAN		quiet NaN
 *	FP_NINF		negative infinity
 *	FP_PINF		positive infinity
 *	FP_NDENORM	negative denormalized non-zero
 *	FP_PDENORM	positive denormalized non-zero
 *	FP_NZERO	negative zero
 *	FP_PZERO	positive zero
 *	FP_NNORM	negative normalized non-zero
 *	FP_PNORM	positive normalized non-zero
 */
/*#define HAS_FPCLASS		/ **/

/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is
 *	available to classify doubles.  Available for example in HP-UX.
 *	The returned values are defined in <math.h> and are
 *
 *           FP_NORMAL     Normalized
 *           FP_ZERO       Zero
 *           FP_INFINITE   Infinity
 *           FP_SUBNORMAL  Denormalized
 *           FP_NAN        NaN
 *
 */
/* HAS_FP_CLASSIFY:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_classify routine is
 *	available to classify doubles. The values are defined in <math.h>
 *
 *           FP_NORMAL     Normalized
 *           FP_ZERO       Zero
 *           FP_INFINITE   Infinity
 *           FP_SUBNORMAL  Denormalized
 *           FP_NAN        NaN
 *
 */
#define	HAS_FPCLASSIFY		/**/
/*#define	HAS_FP_CLASSIFY		/ **/

/* HAS_FPCLASSL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is
 *	available to classify long doubles.  Available for example in IRIX.
 *	The returned values are defined in <ieeefp.h> and are:
 *
 *	FP_SNAN		signaling NaN
 *	FP_QNAN		quiet NaN
 *	FP_NINF		negative infinity
 *	FP_PINF		positive infinity
 *	FP_NDENORM	negative denormalized non-zero
 *	FP_PDENORM	positive denormalized non-zero
 *	FP_NZERO	negative zero
 *	FP_PZERO	positive zero
 *	FP_NNORM	negative normalized non-zero
 *	FP_PNORM	positive normalized non-zero
 */
/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL		/ **/

/* HAS_FPGETROUND:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpgetround routine is
 *	available to get the floating point rounding mode.
 */
/*#define HAS_FPGETROUND		/ **/

/* HAS_FPOS64_T:
 *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t.
 */
/*#define	HAS_FPOS64_T    	/ **/

/* HAS_FREXPL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is
 *	available to break a long double floating-point number into
 *	a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2.
 */
#define HAS_FREXPL		/**/

/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data
 *	to do statfs() is supported.
 */
/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA	/ **/

/* HAS_FSEEKO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is
 *	available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
 */
#define HAS_FSEEKO		/**/

/* HAS_FSTATFS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is
 *	available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
 */
#define HAS_FSTATFS		/**/

/* HAS_FSYNC:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is
 *	available to write a file's modified data and attributes to
 *	permanent storage.
 */
#define HAS_FSYNC		/**/

/* HAS_FTELLO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is
 *	available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts).
 */
#define HAS_FTELLO		/**/

/* HAS_FUTIMES:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the futimes routine is
 *	available to change file descriptor time stamps with struct timevals.
 */
#define HAS_FUTIMES		/**/

/* HAS_GAI_STRERROR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gai_strerror routine
 *	is available to translate error codes returned by getaddrinfo()
 *	into human readable strings.
 */
#define HAS_GAI_STRERROR	/**/

/* HAS_GETADDRINFO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getaddrinfo() function
 *	is available for use.
 */
#define HAS_GETADDRINFO		/**/

/* HAS_GETCWD:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is
 *	available to get the current working directory.
 */
#define HAS_GETCWD		/**/

/* HAS_GETESPWNAM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is
 *	available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name.
 */
/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM		/ **/

/* HAS_GETFSSTAT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is
 *	available to stat filesystems in bulk.
 */
/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT		/ **/

/* HAS_GETITIMER:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is
 *	available to return interval timers.
 */
#define HAS_GETITIMER		/**/

/* HAS_GETMNT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is
 *	available to get filesystem mount info by filename.
 */
/*#define HAS_GETMNT		/ **/

/* HAS_GETMNTENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is
 *	available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info.
 */
#define HAS_GETMNTENT		/**/

/* HAS_GETNAMEINFO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnameinfo() function
 *	is available for use.
 */
#define HAS_GETNAMEINFO		/**/

/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is
 *	available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name.
 */
/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM		/ **/

/* HAS_GETSPNAM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is
 *	available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name.
 */
#define HAS_GETSPNAM		/**/

/* HAS_HASMNTOPT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is
 *	available to query the mount options of file systems.
 */
#define HAS_HASMNTOPT		/**/

/* HAS_HYPOT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hypot routine is
 *	available to do the hypotenuse function.
 */
#define HAS_HYPOT		/**/

/* HAS_ILOGB:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogb routine is
 *	available to get integer exponent of a floating-point value.
 */
#define HAS_ILOGB		/**/

/* HAS_ILOGBL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is
 *	available.  If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl.
 */
#define HAS_ILOGBL		/**/

/* HAS_INETNTOP:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the inet_ntop() function
 *	is available to parse IPv4 and IPv6 strings.
 */
#define HAS_INETNTOP		/**/

/* HAS_INETPTON:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the inet_pton() function
 *	is available to parse IPv4 and IPv6 strings.
 */
#define HAS_INETPTON		/**/

/* HAS_INT64_T:
 *     This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t.
 *     Usually the <inttypes.h> needs to be included, but sometimes
 *	<sys/types.h> is enough.
 */
#define     HAS_INT64_T               /**/

/* HAS_ISBLANK:
 *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isblank
 *	is available.
 */
#define HAS_ISBLANK		/**/

/* HAS_ISFINITE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is
 *	available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN).
 */
#define HAS_ISFINITE		/**/

/* HAS_ISFINITEL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinitel routine is
 *	available to check whether a long double is finite.
 *	(non-infinity non-NaN).
 */
/*#define HAS_ISFINITEL		/ **/

/* HAS_ISINF:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is
 *	available to check whether a double is an infinity.
 */
#define HAS_ISINF		/**/

/* HAS_ISINFL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinfl routine is
 *	available to check whether a long double is an infinity.
 */
#define HAS_ISINFL		/**/

/* HAS_ISLESS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isless routine is
 *	available to do the isless function.
 */
/*#define HAS_ISLESS		/ **/

/* HAS_ISNAN:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is
 *	available to check whether a double is a NaN.
 */
#define HAS_ISNAN		/**/

/* HAS_ISNANL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is
 *	available to check whether a long double is a NaN.
 */
#define HAS_ISNANL		/**/

/* HAS_ISNORMAL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnormal routine is
 *	available to check whether a double is normal (non-zero normalized).
 */
#define HAS_ISNORMAL		/**/

/* HAS_J0:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the
 *	j0() function is available for Bessel functions of the first
 *	kind of the order zero, for doubles.
 */
/* HAS_J0L:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the
 *	j0l() function is available for Bessel functions of the first
 *	kind of the order zero, for long doubles.
 */
#define	HAS_J0		/**/
#define	HAS_J0L		/**/

/* HAS_LC_MONETARY_2008:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localeconv routine is
 *	available and has the additional members added in POSIX 1003.1-2008.
 */
#define HAS_LC_MONETARY_2008		/**/

/* HAS_LDBL_DIG:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's <float.h>
 *	or <limits.h> defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number
 *	of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike
 *	for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined.
 */
#define HAS_LDBL_DIG 	/* */

/* HAS_LGAMMA:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lgamma routine is
 *	available to do the log gamma function.  See also HAS_TGAMMA and
 *	HAS_LGAMMA_R.
 */
#define HAS_LGAMMA		/**/

/* HAS_LGAMMA_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lgamma_r routine is
 *	available to do the log gamma function without using the global
 *	signgam variable.
 */
#define HAS_LGAMMA_R		/**/

/* LIBM_LIB_VERSION:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that libm exports _LIB_VERSION
 *	and that math.h defines the enum to manipulate it.
 */
/*#define LIBM_LIB_VERSION		/ **/

/* HAS_LLRINT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the llrint routine is
 *	available to return the long long value closest to a double
 *	(according to the current rounding mode).
 */
#define HAS_LLRINT		/**/

/* HAS_LLRINTL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the llrintl routine is
 *	available to return the long long value closest to a long double
 *	(according to the current rounding mode).
 */
#define HAS_LLRINTL		/**/

/* HAS_LLROUND:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the llround routine is
 *	available to return the nearest long long value.
 */
#define HAS_LLROUND		/**/

/* HAS_LLROUNDL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the llroundl routine is
 *	available to return the nearest long long value away from zero of
 *	the long double argument value.
 */
#define HAS_LLROUNDL		/**/

/* HAS_LOG1P:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the log1p routine is
 *	available to do the logarithm of 1 plus argument function.
 */
#define HAS_LOG1P		/**/

/* HAS_LOG2:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the log2 routine is
 *	available to do the log2 function.
 */
#define HAS_LOG2		/**/

/* HAS_LOGB:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the logb routine is
 *	available to do the logb function.
 */
#define HAS_LOGB		/**/

/* HAS_LRINT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lrint routine is
 *	available to return the integral value closest to a double
 *	(according to the current rounding mode).
 */
#define HAS_LRINT		/**/

/* HAS_LRINTL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lrintl routine is
 *	available to return the integral value closest to a long double
 *	(according to the current rounding mode).
 */
#define HAS_LRINTL		/**/

/* HAS_LROUND:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lround routine is
 *	available to return the nearest integral value.
 */
#define HAS_LROUND		/**/

/* HAS_LROUNDL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lroundl routine is
 *	available to return the nearest integral value away from zero of
 *	the long double argument value.
 */
#define HAS_LROUNDL		/**/

/* HAS_MADVISE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is
 *	available to map a file into memory.
 */
#define HAS_MADVISE		/**/

/* HAS_MALLOC_SIZE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_size
 *	routine is available for use.
 */
/*#define HAS_MALLOC_SIZE		/ **/

/* HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_good_size
 *	routine is available for use.
 */
/*#define HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE	/ **/

/* HAS_MEMMEM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memmem routine is
 *	available to return a pointer to the start of the first occurance
 *	of a substring in a memory area (or NULL if not found).
 */
#define HAS_MEMMEM		/**/

/* HAS_MKDTEMP:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is
 *	available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory.
 */
#define HAS_MKDTEMP		/**/

/* HAS_MKSTEMPS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is
 *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
 *	(with a suffix) temporary file.
 */
#define HAS_MKSTEMPS		/**/

/* HAS_MODFL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is
 *	available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and
 *	an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x.
 */
/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
 *	a prototype for the modfl() function.  Otherwise, it is up
 *	to the program to supply one.
 */
#define HAS_MODFL		/**/
#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO		/**/

/* HAS_MPROTECT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is
 *	available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file.
 */
#define HAS_MPROTECT		/**/

/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr
 *	is supported.
 */
#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR	/**/

/* HAS_NAN:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nan routine is
 *	available to generate NaN.
 */
#define HAS_NAN		/**/

/* HAS_NEARBYINT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nearbyint routine is
 *	available to return the integral value closest to (according to
 *	the current rounding mode) to x.
 */
#define HAS_NEARBYINT		/**/

/* HAS_NEWLOCALE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the newlocale routine is
 *	available to return a new locale object or modify an existing
 *	locale object.
 */
/* HAS_FREELOCALE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the freelocale routine is
 *	available to deallocates the resources associated with a locale object.
 */
/* HAS_USELOCALE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the uselocale routine is
 *	available to set the current locale for the calling thread.
 */
/* HAS_QUERYLOCALE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the querylocale routine is
 *	available to return the name of the locale for a category mask.
 */
/* I_XLOCALE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <xlocale.h> to get uselocale() and its friends.
 */
#define	HAS_NEWLOCALE	/**/
#define	HAS_FREELOCALE	/**/
#define	HAS_USELOCALE	/**/
/*#define	HAS_QUERYLOCALE	/ **/
/*#define	I_XLOCALE               / **/

/* HAS_NEXTAFTER:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nextafter routine is
 *	available to return the next machine representable double from
 *	x in direction y.
 */
#define HAS_NEXTAFTER		/**/

/* HAS_NEXTTOWARD:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nexttoward routine is
 *	available to return the next machine representable long double from
 *	x in direction y.
 */
#define HAS_NEXTTOWARD		/**/

/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is
 *	available to return local data.  You will also need <langinfo.h>
 *	and therefore I_LANGINFO.
 */
#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO		/**/

/* HAS_OFF64_T:
 *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t.
 */
#define	HAS_OFF64_T    		/**/

/* HAS_PRCTL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
 *	available to set process title.
 *	Note that there are at least two prctl variants: Linux and Irix.
 *	While they are somewhat similar, they are incompatible.
 */
/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
 *	available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME.
 */
#define HAS_PRCTL		/**/
#define HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME		/**/

/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE:
 *	This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink
 *	to the absolute pathname of the executing program.
 */
/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH:
 *	If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename
 *	of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of
 *	the executing program.
 */
#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE	/**/
#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH)
#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH	"/proc/self/exe"	/**/
#endif

/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope
 *	system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of
 *	a thread attribute object.
 */
#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE		/**/

/* HAS_PTRDIFF_T:
 *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports ptrdiff_t.
 */
#define	HAS_PTRDIFF_T    		/**/

/* HAS_READV:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is
 *	available to do gather reads.  You will also need <sys/uio.h>
 *	and there I_SYSUIO.
 */
#define HAS_READV		/**/

/* HAS_RECVMSG:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is
 *	available to send structured socket messages.
 */
#define HAS_RECVMSG		/**/

/* HAS_REMAINDER:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the remainder routine is
 *	available to return the floating-point remainder.
 */
#define HAS_REMAINDER		/**/

/* HAS_REMQUO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the remquo routine is
 *	available to return the remainder and part of quotient.
 */
#define HAS_REMQUO		/**/

/* HAS_RINT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rint routine is
 *	available to return the nearest integral value to x as double
 *	using the current rounding mode.
 */
#define HAS_RINT		/**/

/* HAS_ROUND:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the round routine is
 *	available to round to nearest integer, away from zero.
 */
#define HAS_ROUND		/**/

/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
 *	a prototype for the sbrk() function.  Otherwise, it is up
 *	to the program to supply one.  Good guesses are
 *		extern void* sbrk(int);
 *		extern void* sbrk(size_t);
 */
#define	HAS_SBRK_PROTO	/**/

/* HAS_SCALBN:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbn routine is
 *	available to multiply floating-point number by integral power
 *	of radix.
 */
#define HAS_SCALBN		/**/

/* HAS_SCALBNL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is
 *	available.  If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl.
 */
#define HAS_SCALBNL		/**/

/* HAS_SENDMSG:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is
 *	available to send structured socket messages.
 */
#define HAS_SENDMSG		/**/

/* HAS_SETITIMER:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is
 *	available to set interval timers.
 */
#define HAS_SETITIMER		/**/

/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is
 *	available to set process title.
 */
/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE		/ **/

/* HAS_SIGNBIT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the signbit routine is
 *	available to check if the given number has the sign bit set.
 *	This should include correct testing of -0.0.  This will only be set
 *	if the signbit() routine is safe to use with the NV type used internally
 *	in perl.  Users should call Perl_signbit(), which will be #defined to
 *	the system's signbit() function or macro if this symbol is defined.
 */
#define HAS_SIGNBIT		/**/

/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask
 *	system call is available to examine or change the signal mask
 *	of the calling process.
 */
#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK		/**/

/* USE_SITECUSTOMIZE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that sitecustomize should
 *	be used.
 */
#ifndef USE_SITECUSTOMIZE
#define	USE_SITECUSTOMIZE		/**/
#endif

/* HAS_SNPRINTF:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the snprintf () library
 *	function is available for use.
 */
/* HAS_VSNPRINTF:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vsnprintf () library
 *	function is available for use.
 */
#define HAS_SNPRINTF	/**/
#define HAS_VSNPRINTF	/**/

/* HAS_SOCKATMARK:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is
 *	available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark.
 */
#define HAS_SOCKATMARK		/**/

/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
 *	a prototype for the sockatmark() function.  Otherwise, it is up
 *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
 *		extern int sockatmark(int);
 */
#define	HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO	/**/

/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is
 *	available to initialize SOCKS 5.
 */
/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT		/ **/

/* SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN:
 *	This variable defines whether sprintf returns the length of the string
 *	(as per the ANSI spec). Some C libraries retain compatibility with
 *	pre-ANSI C and return a pointer to the passed in buffer; for these
 *	this variable will be undef.
 */
#define SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN	/**/

/* HAS_SQRTL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is
 *	available to do long double square roots.
 */
#define HAS_SQRTL		/**/

/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
 *	a prototype for the setresgid() function.  Otherwise, it is up
 *	to the program to supply one.  Good guesses are
 *		extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid);
 */
#define	HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO	/**/

/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
 *	a prototype for the setresuid() function.  Otherwise, it is up
 *	to the program to supply one.  Good guesses are
 *		extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid);
 */
#define	HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO	/**/

/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
 *	does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of
 *	the filesystem containing the file.
 *	This kind of struct statfs is coming from <sys/mount.h> (BSD 4.3),
 *	not from <sys/statfs.h> (SYSV).  Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not
 *	have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt()
 *	with struct ustat and struct fs_data.
 */
#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS		/**/

/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs
 *	to do statfs() is supported.
 */
#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS	/**/

/* HAS_FSTATVFS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is
 *	available to stat filesystems by file descriptors.
 */
#define HAS_FSTATVFS		/**/

/* HAS_STRERROR_L:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_l routine is
 *	available to return the error message for a given errno value in
 *	a particular locale (identified by a locale_t object).
 */
#define HAS_STRERROR_L		/**/

/* HAS_STRFTIME:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is
 *	available to do time formatting.
 */
#define HAS_STRFTIME		/**/

/* HAS_STRLCAT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcat () routine is
 *	available to do string concatenation.
 */
/*#define HAS_STRLCAT		/ **/

/* HAS_STRLCPY:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcpy () routine is
 *	available to do string copying.
 */
/*#define HAS_STRLCPY		/ **/

/* HAS_STRTOLD:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is
 *	available to convert strings to long doubles.
 */
#define HAS_STRTOLD		/**/

/* HAS_STRTOLL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is
 *	available to convert strings to long longs.
 */
#define HAS_STRTOLL		/**/

/* HAS_STRTOQ:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is
 *	available to convert strings to long longs (quads).
 */
#define HAS_STRTOQ		/**/

/* HAS_STRTOULL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is
 *	available to convert strings to unsigned long longs.
 */
#define HAS_STRTOULL		/**/

/* HAS_STRTOUQ:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is
 *	available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads).
 */
#define HAS_STRTOUQ		/**/

/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
 *	a prototype for the syscall() function.  Otherwise, it is up
 *	to the program to supply one.  Good guesses are
 *		extern int syscall(int,  ...);
 *		extern int syscall(long, ...);
 */
#define	HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO	/**/

/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
 *	a prototype for the telldir() function.  Otherwise, it is up
 *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
 *		extern long telldir(DIR*);
 */
#define	HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO	/**/

/* HAS_TGAMMA:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tgamma routine is
 *	available to do the gamma function. See also HAS_LGAMMA.
 */
#define HAS_TGAMMA		/**/

/* HAS_CTIME64:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime64 () routine is
 *	available to do the 64bit variant of ctime ()
 */
/* HAS_LOCALTIME64:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime64 () routine is
 *	available to do the 64bit variant of localtime ()
 */
/* HAS_GMTIME64:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime64 () routine is
 *	available to do the 64bit variant of gmtime ()
 */
/* HAS_MKTIME64:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mktime64 () routine is
 *	available to do the 64bit variant of mktime ()
 */
/* HAS_DIFFTIME64:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the difftime64 () routine is
 *	available to do the 64bit variant of difftime ()
 */
/* HAS_ASCTIME64:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime64 () routine is
 *	available to do the 64bit variant of asctime ()
 */
/*#define	HAS_CTIME64		/ **/
/*#define	HAS_LOCALTIME64		/ **/
/*#define	HAS_GMTIME64		/ **/
/*#define	HAS_MKTIME64		/ **/
/*#define	HAS_DIFFTIME64		/ **/
/*#define	HAS_ASCTIME64		/ **/

/* HAS_TIMEGM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the timegm routine is
 *	available to do the opposite of gmtime ()
 */
#define HAS_TIMEGM		/**/

/* HAS_TRUNC:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the trunc routine is
 *	available to round doubles towards zero.
 */
#define HAS_TRUNC		/**/

/* HAS_TRUNCL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the truncl routine is
 *	available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl.
 */
#define HAS_TRUNCL		/**/

/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access
 *	character data through U32-aligned pointers.
 */
#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED
#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED	/**/
#endif

/* HAS_UALARM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is
 *	available to do alarms with microsecond granularity.
 */
#define HAS_UALARM		/**/

/* HAS_UNORDERED:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is
 *	available to check whether two doubles are unordered
 *	(effectively: whether either of them is NaN)
 */
/*#define HAS_UNORDERED		/ **/

/* HAS_UNSETENV:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unsetenv () routine is
 *	available for use.
 */
#define HAS_UNSETENV		/**/

/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
 *	a prototype for the usleep() function.  Otherwise, it is up
 *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
 *		extern int usleep(useconds_t);
 */
#define	HAS_USLEEP_PROTO	/**/

/* HAS_USTAT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is
 *	available to query file system statistics by dev_t.
 */
/*#define HAS_USTAT		/ **/

/* HAS_WCSCMP:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wcscmp routine is
 *	available to compare two wide character strings.
 */
#define HAS_WCSCMP	/**/

/* HAS_WCSXFRM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wcsxfrm routine is
 *	available to tranform a wide character string for wcscmp().
 */
#define HAS_WCSXFRM	/**/

/* HAS_WRITEV:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is
 *	available to do scatter writes.
 */
#define HAS_WRITEV		/**/

/* DEFAULT_INC_EXCLUDES_DOT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, removes the legacy default behavior of
 *	including '.' at the end of @INC.
 */
#define DEFAULT_INC_EXCLUDES_DOT	/**/

/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of
 *	some sort is available.
 */
#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING		/**/

/* FFLUSH_NULL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) correctly
 *	flushes all pending stdio output without side effects. In
 *	particular, on some platforms calling fflush(NULL) *still*
 *	corrupts STDIN if it is a pipe.
 */
/* FFLUSH_ALL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush
 *	all pending stdio output one must loop through all
 *	the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them.
 *	Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not
 *	even be probed for and will be left undefined.
 */
#define	FFLUSH_NULL 		/**/
/*#define	FFLUSH_ALL 		/ **/

/* I_ASSERT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <assert.h> exists and
 *	could be included by the C program to get the assert() macro.
 */
#define	I_ASSERT		/**/

/* I_BFD:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <bfd.h> exists and
 *	can be included.
 */
/*#define	I_BFD		/ **/

/* I_CRYPT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <crypt.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
#define	I_CRYPT		/**/

/* DB_Prefix_t:
 *	This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element
 *	in the <db.h> header file.  In older versions of DB, it was
 *	int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t.
 */
/* DB_Hash_t:
 *	This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element
 *	in the <db.h> header file.  In older versions of DB, it was
 *	int, while in newer ones it is size_t.
 */
/* DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG:
 *	This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of
 *	Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header when Perl was configured.
 */
/* DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG:
 *	This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of
 *	Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header when Perl was configured.
 *	For DB version 1 this is always 0.
 */
/* DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG:
 *	This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of
 *	Berkeley DB found in the <db.h> header when Perl was configured.
 *	For DB version 1 this is always 0.
 */
#define DB_Hash_t	u_int32_t		/**/
#define DB_Prefix_t	size_t  	/**/
#define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG	5  	/**/
#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG	3  	/**/
#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG	28  	/**/

/* I_FENV:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <fenv.h> to get the floating point environment definitions.
 */
#define I_FENV		/**/

/* I_FP:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
/*#define	I_FP		/ **/

/* I_FP_CLASS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <fp_class.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
/*#define	I_FP_CLASS		/ **/

/* I_IEEEFP:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ieeefp.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
/*#define	I_IEEEFP		/ **/

/* I_INTTYPES:
 *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *     include <inttypes.h>.
 */
#define   I_INTTYPES                /**/

/* I_LANGINFO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <langinfo.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
#define	I_LANGINFO		/**/

/* I_LIBUTIL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <libutil.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
/*#define	I_LIBUTIL		/ **/

/* I_MALLOCMALLOC:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *	include <malloc/malloc.h>.
 */
/*#define I_MALLOCMALLOC		/ **/

/* I_MNTENT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <mntent.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
#define	I_MNTENT		/**/

/* I_NETINET_TCP:
 *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *     include <netinet/tcp.h>.
 */
#define   I_NETINET_TCP                /**/

/* I_POLL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <poll.h> exists and
 *	should be included. (see also HAS_POLL)
 */
#define	I_POLL		/**/

/* I_PROT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <prot.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
/*#define	I_PROT		/ **/

/* I_QUADMATH:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <quadmath.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
/*#define	I_QUADMATH		/ **/

/* I_SHADOW:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <shadow.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
#define	I_SHADOW		/**/

/* I_SOCKS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <socks.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
/*#define	I_SOCKS		/ **/

/* I_STDBOOL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdbool.h> exists and
 *	can be included.
 */
#define	I_STDBOOL		/**/

/* I_STDINT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <stdint.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
#define I_STDINT		/**/

/* I_SUNMATH:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sunmath.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
/*#define	I_SUNMATH		/ **/

/* I_SYSLOG:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <syslog.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
#define	I_SYSLOG		/**/

/* I_SYSMODE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/mode.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
/*#define	I_SYSMODE		/ **/

/* I_SYS_MOUNT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/mount.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
#define	I_SYS_MOUNT		/**/

/* I_SYS_STATFS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/statfs.h> exists.
 */
#define	I_SYS_STATFS		/**/

/* I_SYS_STATVFS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/statvfs.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
#define	I_SYS_STATVFS		/**/

/* I_SYSUTSNAME:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/utsname.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
#define	I_SYSUTSNAME		/**/

/* I_SYS_VFS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/vfs.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
#define	I_SYS_VFS		/**/

/* I_USTAT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ustat.h> exists and
 *	should be included.
 */
/*#define	I_USTAT		/ **/

/* DOUBLEINFBYTES:
 *	This symbol, if defined, is a comma-separated list of
 *	hexadecimal bytes for the double precision infinity.
 */
/* DOUBLENANBYTES:
 *	This symbol, if defined, is a comma-separated list of
 *	hexadecimal bytes (0xHH) for the double precision not-a-number.
 */
/* LONGDBLINFBYTES:
 *	This symbol, if defined, is a comma-separated list of
 *	hexadecimal bytes for the long double precision infinity.
 */
/* LONGDBLNANBYTES:
 *	This symbol, if defined, is a comma-separated list of
 *	hexadecimal bytes (0xHH) for the long double precision not-a-number.
 */
#define DOUBLEINFBYTES  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x7f		/**/
#define DOUBLENANBYTES  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0xff		/**/
#define LONGDBLINFBYTES 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00		/**/
#define LONGDBLNANBYTES 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00		/**/

/* PERL_PRIfldbl:
 *	This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
 *	format long doubles (format 'f') for output.
 */
/* PERL_PRIgldbl:
 *	This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
 *	format long doubles (format 'g') for output.
 */
/* PERL_PRIeldbl:
 *	This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
 *	format long doubles (format 'e') for output.
 */
/* PERL_SCNfldbl:
 *	This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to
 *	format long doubles (format 'f') for input.
 */
/* DOUBLEKIND:
 *	DOUBLEKIND will be one of
 *	DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_32_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN
 *	DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_32_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN
 *	DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN
 *	DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN
 *	DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN
 *	DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN
 *	DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_MIXED_ENDIAN_LE_BE
 *	DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_MIXED_ENDIAN_BE_LE
 *	DOUBLE_IS_VAX_F_FLOAT
 *	DOUBLE_IS_VAX_D_FLOAT
 *	DOUBLE_IS_VAX_G_FLOAT
 *	DOUBLE_IS_IBM_SINGLE_32_BIT
 *	DOUBLE_IS_IBM_DOUBLE_64_BIT
 *	DOUBLE_IS_CRAY_SINGLE_64_BIT
 *	DOUBLE_IS_UNKNOWN_FORMAT
 */
/* DOUBLE_HAS_INF:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double has
 *	the infinity.
 */
/* DOUBLE_HAS_NAN:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double has
 *	the not-a-number.
 */
/* DOUBLE_HAS_NEGATIVE_ZERO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double has
 *	the negative_zero.
 */
/* DOUBLE_HAS_SUBNORMALS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double has
 *	the subnormals (denormals).
 */
/* DOUBLE_STYLE_CRAY:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double is
 *	the 64-bit CRAY mainframe format.
 */
/* DOUBLE_STYLE_IBM:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double is
 *	the 64-bit IBM mainframe format.
 */
/* DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double is
 *	the 64-bit IEEE 754.
 */
/* DOUBLE_STYLE_VAX:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the double is
 *	the 64-bit VAX format D or G.
 */
#define DOUBLEKIND 3		/**/
#define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_32_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN	1
#define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_32_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN	2
#define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN	3
#define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN	4
#define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN	5
#define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_128_BIT_BIG_ENDIAN	6
#define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_MIXED_ENDIAN_LE_BE	7
#define DOUBLE_IS_IEEE_754_64_BIT_MIXED_ENDIAN_BE_LE	8
#define DOUBLE_IS_VAX_F_FLOAT	9
#define DOUBLE_IS_VAX_D_FLOAT	10
#define DOUBLE_IS_VAX_G_FLOAT	11
#define DOUBLE_IS_IBM_SINGLE_32_BIT	12
#define DOUBLE_IS_IBM_DOUBLE_64_BIT	13
#define DOUBLE_IS_CRAY_SINGLE_64_BIT	14
#define DOUBLE_IS_UNKNOWN_FORMAT		-1
#define PERL_PRIfldbl	"Lf"	/**/
#define PERL_PRIgldbl	"Lg"	/**/
#define PERL_PRIeldbl	"Le"	/**/
#define PERL_SCNfldbl	"Lf"	/**/
#define DOUBLE_HAS_INF
#define DOUBLE_HAS_NAN
#define DOUBLE_HAS_NEGATIVE_ZERO
#define DOUBLE_HAS_SUBNORMALS
#undef DOUBLE_STYLE_CRAY
#undef DOUBLE_STYLE_IBM
#define DOUBLE_STYLE_IEEE
#undef DOUBLE_STYLE_VAX

/* DOUBLEMANTBITS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, tells how many mantissa bits
 *	there are in double precision floating point format.
 *	Note that this is usually DBL_MANT_DIG minus one, since
 *	with the standard IEEE 754 formats DBL_MANT_DIG includes
 *	the implicit bit, which doesn't really exist.
 */
/* LONGDBLMANTBITS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, tells how many mantissa bits
 *	there are in long double precision floating point format.
 *	Note that this can be LDBL_MANT_DIG minus one,
 *	since LDBL_MANT_DIG can include the IEEE 754 implicit bit.
 *	The common x86-style 80-bit long double does not have
 *	an implicit bit.
 */
/* NVMANTBITS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, tells how many mantissa bits
 *	(not including implicit bit) there are in a Perl NV.
 *	This depends on which floating point type was chosen.
 */
#define DOUBLEMANTBITS  52
#define LONGDBLMANTBITS 64
#define NVMANTBITS      52

/* NEED_VA_COPY:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores
 *	the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format
 *	that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some
 *	other means must be used when copying is required.
 *	As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision)
 *	of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform-
 *	independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job.
 */
#define	NEED_VA_COPY		/**/

/* IVTYPE:
 *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV.
 */
/* UVTYPE:
 *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV.
 */
/* I8TYPE:
 *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8.
 */
/* U8TYPE:
 *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8.
 */
/* I16TYPE:
 *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16.
 */
/* U16TYPE:
 *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16.
 */
/* I32TYPE:
 *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32.
 */
/* U32TYPE:
 *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32.
 */
/* I64TYPE:
 *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64.
 */
/* U64TYPE:
 *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64.
 */
/* NVTYPE:
 *	This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV.
 */
/* IVSIZE:
 *	This symbol contains the sizeof(IV).
 */
/* UVSIZE:
 *	This symbol contains the sizeof(UV).
 */
/* I8SIZE:
 *	This symbol contains the sizeof(I8).
 */
/* U8SIZE:
 *	This symbol contains the sizeof(U8).
 */
/* I16SIZE:
 *	This symbol contains the sizeof(I16).
 */
/* U16SIZE:
 *	This symbol contains the sizeof(U16).
 */
/* I32SIZE:
 *	This symbol contains the sizeof(I32).
 */
/* U32SIZE:
 *	This symbol contains the sizeof(U32).
 */
/* I64SIZE:
 *	This symbol contains the sizeof(I64).
 */
/* U64SIZE:
 *	This symbol contains the sizeof(U64).
 */
/* NVSIZE:
 *	This symbol contains the sizeof(NV).
 *	Note that some floating point formats have unused bytes.
 *	The most notable example is the x86* 80-bit extended precision
 *	which comes in byte sizes of 12 and 16 (for 32 and 64 bit
 *	platforms, respectively), but which only uses 10 bytes.
 *	Perl compiled with -Duselongdouble on x86* is like this.
 */
/* NV_PRESERVES_UV:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE
 *	can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE.
 */
/* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS:
 *	This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE
 *	can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE.
 */
/* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT:
 *	This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This
 *	value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant
 *	floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary
 *	conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given.
 */
/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE
 *	stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero.
 */
#define	IVTYPE		long		/**/
#define	UVTYPE		unsigned long		/**/
#define	I8TYPE		signed char		/**/
#define	U8TYPE		unsigned char		/**/
#define	I16TYPE		short	/**/
#define	U16TYPE		unsigned short	/**/
#define	I32TYPE		int	/**/
#define	U32TYPE		unsigned int	/**/
#ifdef HAS_QUAD
#define	I64TYPE		long	/**/
#define	U64TYPE		unsigned long	/**/
#endif
#define	NVTYPE		double		/**/
#define	IVSIZE		8		/**/
#define	UVSIZE		8		/**/
#define	I8SIZE		1		/**/
#define	U8SIZE		1		/**/
#define	I16SIZE		2	/**/
#define	U16SIZE		2	/**/
#define	I32SIZE		4	/**/
#define	U32SIZE		4	/**/
#ifdef HAS_QUAD
#define	I64SIZE		8	/**/
#define	U64SIZE		8	/**/
#endif
#define	NVSIZE		8		/**/
#undef	NV_PRESERVES_UV
#define	NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS	53
#define	NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT	256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*2.0*2.0*2.0*2.0*2.0
#define	NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO
#if UVSIZE == 8
#   ifdef BYTEORDER
#       if BYTEORDER == 0x1234
#           undef BYTEORDER
#           define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
#       else
#           if BYTEORDER == 0x4321
#               undef BYTEORDER
#               define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
#           endif
#       endif
#   endif
#endif

/* IVdf:
 *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV
 *	as a signed decimal integer.
 */
/* UVuf:
 *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV
 *	as an unsigned decimal integer.
 */
/* UVof:
 *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV
 *	as an unsigned octal integer.
 */
/* UVxf:
 *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV
 *	as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef.
 */
/* UVXf:
 *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV
 *	as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF.
 */
/* NVef:
 *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
 *	using %e-ish floating point format.
 */
/* NVff:
 *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
 *	using %f-ish floating point format.
 */
/* NVgf:
 *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV
 *	using %g-ish floating point format.
 */
#define	IVdf		"ld"		/**/
#define	UVuf		"lu"		/**/
#define	UVof		"lo"		/**/
#define	UVxf		"lx"		/**/
#define	UVXf		"lX"		/**/
#define	NVef		"e"		/**/
#define	NVff		"f"		/**/
#define	NVgf		"g"		/**/

/* SELECT_MIN_BITS:
 *	This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select.
 *	That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be
 *	cleared in the masks if some activity is detected.  Usually this
 *	is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do
 *	the latter.  This is only useful if you have select(), naturally.
 */
#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 	64	/**/

/* ST_INO_SIZE:
 *	This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes.
 */
/* ST_INO_SIGN:
 *	This symbol holds the signedness of struct stat's st_ino.
 *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
 */
#define ST_INO_SIGN 1	/* st_ino sign */
#define ST_INO_SIZE 8	/* st_ino size */

/* STARTPERL:
 *	This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
 *	script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not
 *	some shell.
 */
#define STARTPERL "#!/usr/bin/perl"		/**/

/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY:
 *	This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array
 *	holding the stdio streams.
 */
/* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY:
 *	This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams.
 *	Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF.
 */
/*#define	HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY	/ **/
#ifdef HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY
#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY	
#endif

/* GMTIME_MAX:
 *	This symbol contains the maximum value for the time_t offset that
 *	the system function gmtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
 */
/* GMTIME_MIN:
 *	This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that
 *	the system function gmtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
 */
/* LOCALTIME_MAX:
 *	This symbol contains the maximum value for the time_t offset that
 *	the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
 */
/* LOCALTIME_MIN:
 *	This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that
 *	the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
 */
#define GMTIME_MAX		67768036191676799	/**/
#define GMTIME_MIN		-62167219200	/**/
#define LOCALTIME_MAX	67768036191694799	/**/
#define LOCALTIME_MIN	-62167201438	/**/

/* USE_64_BIT_INT:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should
 *	be used when available.  If not defined, the native integers
 *	will be employed (be they 32 or 64 bits).  The minimal possible
 *	64-bitness is used, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl.
 *	This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory
 *	may still be limited to 2 gigabytes.
 */
/* USE_64_BIT_ALL:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should
 *	be used when available.  If not defined, the native integers
 *	will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits).  The maximal possible
 *	64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will
 *	be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory.  This mode is
 *	even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not
 *	be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or
 *	you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode.
 */
#ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT
#define	USE_64_BIT_INT		/**/
#endif
#ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL
#define	USE_64_BIT_ALL		/**/
#endif

/* USE_CBACKTRACE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
 *	be built with support for backtrace.
 */
/*#define USE_CBACKTRACE		/ **/

/* USE_DTRACE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
 *	be built with support for DTrace.
 */
#define USE_DTRACE		/**/

/* USE_FAST_STDIO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
 *	be built to use 'fast stdio'.
 *	Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later.
 */
#ifndef USE_FAST_STDIO
/*#define	USE_FAST_STDIO		/ **/
#endif

/* USE_KERN_PROC_PATHNAME:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that we can use sysctl with
 *	KERN_PROC_PATHNAME to get a full path for the executable, and hence
 * 	convert $^X to an absolute path.
 */
/*#define USE_KERN_PROC_PATHNAME	/ **/

/* USE_LARGE_FILES:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that large file support
 *	should be used when available.
 */
#ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES
#define	USE_LARGE_FILES		/**/
#endif

/* USE_LONG_DOUBLE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that long doubles should
 *	be used when available.
 */
#ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
/*#define	USE_LONG_DOUBLE		/ **/
#endif

/* USE_MORE_BITS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit interfaces and
 *	long doubles should be used when available.
 */
#ifndef USE_MORE_BITS
/*#define	USE_MORE_BITS		/ **/
#endif

/* MULTIPLICITY:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
 *	be built to use multiplicity.
 */
#ifndef MULTIPLICITY
#define	MULTIPLICITY		/**/
#endif

/* USE_NSGETEXECUTABLEPATH:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that we can use _NSGetExecutablePath
 *	and realpath to get a full path for the executable, and hence convert
 *	$^X to an absolute path.
 */
/*#define USE_NSGETEXECUTABLEPATH	/ **/

/* USE_PERLIO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should
 *	be used throughout.  If not defined, stdio should be
 *	used in a fully backward compatible manner.
 */
#ifndef USE_PERLIO
#define	USE_PERLIO		/**/
#endif

/* USE_QUADMATH:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the quadmath library should
 *	be used when available.
 */
#ifndef USE_QUADMATH
/*#define	USE_QUADMATH		/ **/
#endif

/* USE_SOCKS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
 *	be built to use socks.
 */
#ifndef USE_SOCKS
/*#define	USE_SOCKS		/ **/
#endif

/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
 *	a prototype for the drand48() function.  Otherwise, it is up
 *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
 *		extern double drand48(void);
 */
#define	HAS_DRAND48_PROTO	/**/

/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
 *	prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
 *	gethostbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
 *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
 */
#define	HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS	/**/

/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
 *	prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
 *	getnetbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
 *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
 */
#define	HAS_GETNET_PROTOS	/**/

/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
 *	prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
 *	getprotobyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
 *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
 */
#define	HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS	/**/

/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
 *	prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
 *	getservbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
 *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
 */
#define	HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS	/**/

/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
 *	a prototype for the lseek() function.  Otherwise, it is up
 *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
 *		extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
 */
#define	HAS_LSEEK_PROTO	/**/

/* Netdb_host_t:
 *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
 *	to gethostbyaddr().
 */
/* Netdb_hlen_t:
 *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
 *	to gethostbyaddr().
 */
/* Netdb_name_t:
 *	This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
 *	gethostbyname().
 */
/* Netdb_net_t:
 *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
 *	getnetbyaddr().
 */
#define Netdb_host_t		char * /**/
#define Netdb_hlen_t		size_t /**/
#define Netdb_name_t		const char * /**/
#define Netdb_net_t		in_addr_t /**/

/* Select_fd_set_t:
 *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
 *	arguments to select.  Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
 *	is defined, and 'int *' otherwise.  This is only useful if you
 *	have select(), of course.
 */
#define Select_fd_set_t 	fd_set *	/**/

/* Sock_size_t:
 *	This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
 *	various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
 */
#define Sock_size_t		socklen_t /**/

/* ARCHNAME:
 *	This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name.
 *	It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname
 *	where library files may be held under a private library, for
 *	instance.
 */
#define ARCHNAME "x86_64-linux-thread-multi"		/**/

/* HAS_ASCTIME_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine
 *	is available to asctime re-entrantly.
 */
/* ASCTIME_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of asctime_r.
 *	It is zero if d_asctime_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_asctime_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_ASCTIME_R	   /**/
#define ASCTIME_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_B_SB	   /**/

/* HAS_CRYPT_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine
 *	is available to crypt re-entrantly.
 */
/* CRYPT_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r.
 *	It is zero if d_crypt_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_crypt_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_CRYPT_R	   /**/
#define CRYPT_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_B_CCS	   /**/

/* HAS_CTERMID_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine
 *	is available to ctermid re-entrantly.
 */
/* CTERMID_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of ctermid_r.
 *	It is zero if d_ctermid_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctermid_r
 *	is defined.
 */
/*#define HAS_CTERMID_R	   / **/
#define CTERMID_R_PROTO 0	   /**/

/* HAS_CTIME_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctime_r routine
 *	is available to ctime re-entrantly.
 */
/* CTIME_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of ctime_r.
 *	It is zero if d_ctime_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ctime_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_CTIME_R	   /**/
#define CTIME_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_B_SB	   /**/

/* HAS_DRAND48_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the drand48_r routine
 *	is available to drand48 re-entrantly.
 */
/* DRAND48_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of drand48_r.
 *	It is zero if d_drand48_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_drand48_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_DRAND48_R	   /**/
#define DRAND48_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_ST	   /**/

/* HAS_ENDGRENT_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine
 *	is available to endgrent re-entrantly.
 */
/* ENDGRENT_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of endgrent_r.
 *	It is zero if d_endgrent_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endgrent_r
 *	is defined.
 */
/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R	   / **/
#define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/

/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine
 *	is available to endhostent re-entrantly.
 */
/* ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of endhostent_r.
 *	It is zero if d_endhostent_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endhostent_r
 *	is defined.
 */
/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R	   / **/
#define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/

/* HAS_ENDNETENT_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine
 *	is available to endnetent re-entrantly.
 */
/* ENDNETENT_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of endnetent_r.
 *	It is zero if d_endnetent_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endnetent_r
 *	is defined.
 */
/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R	   / **/
#define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/

/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine
 *	is available to endprotoent re-entrantly.
 */
/* ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of endprotoent_r.
 *	It is zero if d_endprotoent_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endprotoent_r
 *	is defined.
 */
/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R	   / **/
#define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/

/* HAS_ENDPWENT_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine
 *	is available to endpwent re-entrantly.
 */
/* ENDPWENT_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of endpwent_r.
 *	It is zero if d_endpwent_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endpwent_r
 *	is defined.
 */
/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R	   / **/
#define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/

/* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine
 *	is available to endservent re-entrantly.
 */
/* ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of endservent_r.
 *	It is zero if d_endservent_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_endservent_r
 *	is defined.
 */
/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R	   / **/
#define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/

/* HAS_GETGRENT_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine
 *	is available to getgrent re-entrantly.
 */
/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r.
 *	It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GETGRENT_R	   /**/
#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_SBWR	   /**/

/* HAS_GETGRGID_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine
 *	is available to getgrgid re-entrantly.
 */
/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r.
 *	It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GETGRGID_R	   /**/
#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_TSBWR	   /**/

/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine
 *	is available to getgrnam re-entrantly.
 */
/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r.
 *	It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R	   /**/
#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_CSBWR	   /**/

/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine
 *	is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly.
 */
/* GETHOSTBYADDR_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostbyaddr_r.
 *	It is zero if d_gethostbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyaddr_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R	   /**/
#define GETHOSTBYADDR_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_TsISBWRE	   /**/

/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname_r routine
 *	is available to gethostbyname re-entrantly.
 */
/* GETHOSTBYNAME_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostbyname_r.
 *	It is zero if d_gethostbyname_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostbyname_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME_R	   /**/
#define GETHOSTBYNAME_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_CSBWRE	   /**/

/* HAS_GETHOSTENT_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent_r routine
 *	is available to gethostent re-entrantly.
 */
/* GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of gethostent_r.
 *	It is zero if d_gethostent_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gethostent_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R	   /**/
#define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_SBWRE	   /**/

/* HAS_GETLOGIN_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine
 *	is available to getlogin re-entrantly.
 */
/* GETLOGIN_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getlogin_r.
 *	It is zero if d_getlogin_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getlogin_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R	   /**/
#define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_BW	   /**/

/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine
 *	is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly.
 */
/* GETNETBYADDR_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetbyaddr_r.
 *	It is zero if d_getnetbyaddr_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyaddr_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R	   /**/
#define GETNETBYADDR_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_uISBWRE	   /**/

/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname_r routine
 *	is available to getnetbyname re-entrantly.
 */
/* GETNETBYNAME_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetbyname_r.
 *	It is zero if d_getnetbyname_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetbyname_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME_R	   /**/
#define GETNETBYNAME_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_CSBWRE	   /**/

/* HAS_GETNETENT_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent_r routine
 *	is available to getnetent re-entrantly.
 */
/* GETNETENT_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getnetent_r.
 *	It is zero if d_getnetent_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getnetent_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GETNETENT_R	   /**/
#define GETNETENT_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_SBWRE	   /**/

/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine
 *	is available to getprotobyname re-entrantly.
 */
/* GETPROTOBYNAME_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotobyname_r.
 *	It is zero if d_getprotobyname_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobyname_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R	   /**/
#define GETPROTOBYNAME_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_CSBWR	   /**/

/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber_r routine
 *	is available to getprotobynumber re-entrantly.
 */
/* GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotobynumber_r.
 *	It is zero if d_getprotobynumber_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotobynumber_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R	   /**/
#define GETPROTOBYNUMBER_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_ISBWR	   /**/

/* HAS_GETPROTOENT_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent_r routine
 *	is available to getprotoent re-entrantly.
 */
/* GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getprotoent_r.
 *	It is zero if d_getprotoent_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getprotoent_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R	   /**/
#define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_SBWR	   /**/

/* HAS_GETPWENT_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine
 *	is available to getpwent re-entrantly.
 */
/* GETPWENT_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwent_r.
 *	It is zero if d_getpwent_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwent_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GETPWENT_R	   /**/
#define GETPWENT_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_SBWR	   /**/

/* HAS_GETPWNAM_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwnam_r routine
 *	is available to getpwnam re-entrantly.
 */
/* GETPWNAM_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwnam_r.
 *	It is zero if d_getpwnam_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwnam_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GETPWNAM_R	   /**/
#define GETPWNAM_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_CSBWR	   /**/

/* HAS_GETPWUID_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwuid_r routine
 *	is available to getpwuid re-entrantly.
 */
/* GETPWUID_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getpwuid_r.
 *	It is zero if d_getpwuid_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getpwuid_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GETPWUID_R	   /**/
#define GETPWUID_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_TSBWR	   /**/

/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine
 *	is available to getservbyname re-entrantly.
 */
/* GETSERVBYNAME_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getservbyname_r.
 *	It is zero if d_getservbyname_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyname_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R	   /**/
#define GETSERVBYNAME_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_CCSBWR	   /**/

/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport_r routine
 *	is available to getservbyport re-entrantly.
 */
/* GETSERVBYPORT_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getservbyport_r.
 *	It is zero if d_getservbyport_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservbyport_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT_R	   /**/
#define GETSERVBYPORT_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_ICSBWR	   /**/

/* HAS_GETSERVENT_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent_r routine
 *	is available to getservent re-entrantly.
 */
/* GETSERVENT_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getservent_r.
 *	It is zero if d_getservent_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getservent_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R	   /**/
#define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_SBWR	   /**/

/* HAS_GETSPNAM_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine
 *	is available to getspnam re-entrantly.
 */
/* GETSPNAM_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of getspnam_r.
 *	It is zero if d_getspnam_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getspnam_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R	   /**/
#define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_CSBWR	   /**/

/* HAS_GMTIME_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine
 *	is available to gmtime re-entrantly.
 */
/* GMTIME_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of gmtime_r.
 *	It is zero if d_gmtime_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_gmtime_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_GMTIME_R	   /**/
#define GMTIME_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_S_TS	   /**/

/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine
 *	is available to localtime re-entrantly.
 */
/* LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET:
 *	Many libc's localtime_r implementations do not call tzset,
 *	making them differ from localtime(), and making timezone
 *	changes using $ENV{TZ} without explicitly calling tzset
 *	impossible. This symbol makes us call tzset before localtime_r
 */
#define LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET /**/
#ifdef LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET
#define L_R_TZSET tzset(),
#else
#define L_R_TZSET
#endif

/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r.
 *	It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R	   /**/
#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_S_TS	   /**/

/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
 *	in joinable (aka undetached) state.  NOTE: not defined
 *	if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
 *	(the new version of the constant).
 *	If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED
 *	and __UNDETACHED.
 */
/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE  / **/

/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine
 *	is available to setup fork handlers.
 */
#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK		/**/

/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield
 *	routine is available to yield the execution of the current
 *	thread.	 sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
 */
/* SCHED_YIELD:
 *	This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of
 *	the current thread.  Known ways are sched_yield,
 *	pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL.
 */
/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield
 *	routine is available to yield the execution of the current
 *	thread.	 sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield.
 */
#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD	/**/
#define SCHED_YIELD	sched_yield()	/**/
#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD	/**/

/* HAS_RANDOM_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the random_r routine
 *	is available to random re-entrantly.
 */
/* RANDOM_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of random_r.
 *	It is zero if d_random_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_random_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_RANDOM_R	   /**/
#define RANDOM_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_St	   /**/

/* HAS_READDIR64_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir64_r routine
 *	is available to readdir64 re-entrantly.
 */
/* READDIR64_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir64_r.
 *	It is zero if d_readdir64_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir64_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_READDIR64_R	   /**/
#define READDIR64_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_TSR	   /**/

/* HAS_READDIR_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir_r routine
 *	is available to readdir re-entrantly.
 */
/* READDIR_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of readdir_r.
 *	It is zero if d_readdir_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_readdir_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_READDIR_R	   /**/
#define READDIR_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_TSR	   /**/

/* HAS_SETGRENT_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine
 *	is available to setgrent re-entrantly.
 */
/* SETGRENT_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of setgrent_r.
 *	It is zero if d_setgrent_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setgrent_r
 *	is defined.
 */
/*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R	   / **/
#define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/

/* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine
 *	is available to sethostent re-entrantly.
 */
/* SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of sethostent_r.
 *	It is zero if d_sethostent_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_sethostent_r
 *	is defined.
 */
/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT_R	   / **/
#define SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/

/* HAS_SETLOCALE_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale_r routine
 *	is available to setlocale re-entrantly.
 */
/* SETLOCALE_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of setlocale_r.
 *	It is zero if d_setlocale_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setlocale_r
 *	is defined.
 */
/*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R	   / **/
#define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0	   /**/

/* HAS_SETNETENT_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine
 *	is available to setnetent re-entrantly.
 */
/* SETNETENT_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of setnetent_r.
 *	It is zero if d_setnetent_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setnetent_r
 *	is defined.
 */
/*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R	   / **/
#define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/

/* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine
 *	is available to setprotoent re-entrantly.
 */
/* SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of setprotoent_r.
 *	It is zero if d_setprotoent_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setprotoent_r
 *	is defined.
 */
/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R	   / **/
#define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/

/* HAS_SETPWENT_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine
 *	is available to setpwent re-entrantly.
 */
/* SETPWENT_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of setpwent_r.
 *	It is zero if d_setpwent_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setpwent_r
 *	is defined.
 */
/*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R	   / **/
#define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/

/* HAS_SETSERVENT_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine
 *	is available to setservent re-entrantly.
 */
/* SETSERVENT_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of setservent_r.
 *	It is zero if d_setservent_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_setservent_r
 *	is defined.
 */
/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R	   / **/
#define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/

/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
 *	is available to srand48 re-entrantly.
 */
/* SRAND48_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r.
 *	It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_SRAND48_R	   /**/
#define SRAND48_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_LS	   /**/

/* HAS_SRANDOM_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine
 *	is available to srandom re-entrantly.
 */
/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r.
 *	It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_SRANDOM_R	   /**/
#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_TS	   /**/

/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
 *	is available to strerror re-entrantly.
 */
/* STRERROR_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r.
 *	It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_STRERROR_R	   /**/
#define STRERROR_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_B_IBW	   /**/

/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
 *	is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
 */
/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r.
 *	It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_TMPNAM_R	   /**/
#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_B_B	   /**/

/* HAS_TTYNAME_R:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine
 *	is available to ttyname re-entrantly.
 */
/* TTYNAME_R_PROTO:
 *	This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r.
 *	It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the
 *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r
 *	is defined.
 */
#define HAS_TTYNAME_R	   /**/
#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO REENTRANT_PROTO_I_IBW	   /**/

/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
 *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *     include <mach/cthreads.h>.
 */
/*#define   I_MACH_CTHREADS	/ **/

/* I_PTHREAD:
 *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
 *     include <pthread.h>.
 */
#define   I_PTHREAD	/**/

/* USE_ITHREADS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
 *	use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
 */
/* USE_5005THREADS:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
 *	use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
 *	Only valid up to 5.8.x.
 */
/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
 *	be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
 */
/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
 *	try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
 *	This is extremely experimental.
 */
/*#define	USE_5005THREADS		/ **/
#define	USE_ITHREADS		/**/
#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
#define		USE_THREADS		/* until src is revised*/
#endif
/*#define	OLD_PTHREADS_API		/ **/
/*#define	USE_REENTRANT_API	/ **/

/* HAS_TIME:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
 */
/* Time_t:
 *	This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
 *	or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
 *	included).
 */
#define HAS_TIME		/**/
#define Time_t time_t		/* Time type */

/* HAS_TIMES:
 *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
 *	Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
 * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
 */
#define HAS_TIMES		/**/

/* Fpos_t:
 *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
 *	It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
 *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
 */
#define Fpos_t fpos_t		/* File position type */

/* Gid_t_f:
 *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
 */
#define	Gid_t_f		"u"		/**/

/* Gid_t_sign:
 *	This symbol holds the signedness of a Gid_t.
 *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
 */
#define Gid_t_sign	1		/* GID sign */

/* Gid_t_size:
 *	This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
 */
#define Gid_t_size 4		/* GID size */

/* Gid_t:
 *	This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
 *	argument to setrgid() and related functions.  Typically,
 *	it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
 *	gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
 *	any typedef'ed information.
 */
#define Gid_t gid_t		/* Type for getgid(), etc... */

/* Off_t:
 *	This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
 *	It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
 *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
 */
/* LSEEKSIZE:
 *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
 */
/* Off_t_size:
 *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
 */
#define Off_t off_t		/* <offset> type */
#define LSEEKSIZE 8		/* <offset> size */
#define Off_t_size 8	/* <offset> size */

/* Mode_t:
 *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
 *	for systems calls.  It is usually mode_t, but may be
 *	int or unsigned short.  It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
 *	to get any typedef'ed information.
 */
#define Mode_t mode_t	 /* file mode parameter for system calls */

/* Pid_t:
 *	This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
 *	It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
 *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
 */
#define Pid_t pid_t		/* PID type */

/* Size_t_size:
 *	This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
 */
#define Size_t_size 8		/**/

/* Size_t:
 *	This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
 *	for string functions.  It is usually size_t, but may be
 *	unsigned long, int, etc.  It may be necessary to include
 *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
 */
#define Size_t size_t	 /* length parameter for string functions */

/* Uid_t_f:
 *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
 */
#define	Uid_t_f		"u"		/**/

/* Uid_t_sign:
 *	This symbol holds the signedness of a Uid_t.
 *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
 */
#define Uid_t_sign	1		/* UID sign */

/* Uid_t_size:
 *	This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
 */
#define Uid_t_size 4		/* UID size */

/* Uid_t:
 *	This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
 *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
 *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
 */
#define Uid_t uid_t		/* UID type */

#endif

Back